3RN1 termistorireleet IC10 2014, sivu 171 12MB (EN)

3RN1 termistorireleet IC10 2014, sivu 171 12MB (EN)
Monitoring and
Control Devices
Price groups
PG 200, 2SP, 401, 470, 41B, 41F, 41H,
41L, 42C, 42J, 4N1, 5K1, 5P1
10/2
10/5
10/14
10/16
10/18
10/19
10/28
ST 70
10/29
10/30
10/31
10/32
10/33
10/34
10/35
10/36
10/37
10/38
10/39
Ch.15
10/40
10/41
10/42
10/51
10/57
10/60
Notes:
Ch. 3
3RT191. function modules can be found
- in the catalog Add-On IC 10 AO · 2014
in the DVD box IC 01
Ch. 3
- in the catalog Add-On IC 10 AO · 2014
at the Information and Download Center 10/64
- in the interactive catalog CA 01
- in the Industry Mall
Conversion tool
e.g. from 3UG3 to 3UG4 see
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
1)
See Catalog ST 70 "Products for
Totally Integrated Automation".
Ch. 3
10/67
10/68
10/71
Introduction
SIMOCODE 3UF motor management
and control devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Basic units
Expansion modules
Fail-safe expansion modules
Accessories
3UF18 current transformers for overload
protection
LOGO! logic modules1)
General data
LOGO! Modular basic versions
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular
basic versions
LOGO! Modular pure versions
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular pure versions
LOGO! Modular expansion modules
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular expansion
modules
LOGO! CM EIB/KNX communication
modules
LOGO! CSM unmanaged
AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
Accessories
LOGO!Power
LOGO!Contact
LOGO! Software
Relays
Timing relays
General data
SIRIUS 3RP15 timing relays
in industrial enclosure, 22.5 mm
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure,
17.5 mm
SIRIUS 3RA28 function modules
for mounting on 3RT2 and 3RH21
contactors
SIRIUS 3RA28 time-delayed auxiliary
switches for mounting onto
3RT2 contactors
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relays for
mounting onto 3RT1 contactors
SIRIUS 3RT19 time-delayed auxiliary
switches for mounting onto
3RT1 contactors
Accessories
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 monitoring relays
for mounting onto 3RT2 contactors
General data
Current and active current monitoring
10/76
10/79
10/84
10/87
10/92
10/95
10/98
10/101
10/104
10/105
10/107
10/110
10/115
10/118
10/119
10/122
10/123
10/127
10/130
10/133
10/136
10/140
10/143
10/146
10/147
10/151
10/154
10/157
10/159
10/160
10/166
10/169
10/171
10/172
Ch. 5
Ch. 4
10/181
SIRIUS 3RR24 monitoring relays
for mounting onto 3RT2 contactors for
IO-Link
General data
Current and active current monitoring
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 monitoring
relays for stand-alone installation
General data
Line monitoring
Voltage monitoring
Current monitoring
Power factor and active current
monitoring
Residual current monitoring
- Residual-current monitoring relays
- 3UL23 residual-current transformers
Insulation monitoring
- General data
- For ungrounded AC networks
- For ungrounded DC and AC networks
Level monitoring
- Level monitoring relays
- Level monitoring sensors
Speed monitoring
Accessories
SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays for
stand-alone installation for IO-Link
General data
Line monitoring
Voltage monitoring
Current monitoring
Power factor and active current
monitoring
Residual current monitoring
- Residual-current monitoring relays
Speed monitoring
Accessories
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21
temperature monitoring relays
General data
Relays, analogically adjustable
for 1 sensor
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to
3 sensors
Accessories
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature
monitoring relays for IO-Link
General data
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to
3 sensors
Accessories
SIRIUS 3RN1 thermistor motor
protection
For PTC sensors
Coupling relays & interface converters
Coupling relays
Power relays/miniature contactors
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
Siemens IC 10
Siemens
· 2014 IC 10 · 2014
10
10
© Siemens AG 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Monitoring and Control Devices
Introduction
■ Overview
Type
SIMOCODE pro C
SIMOCODE pro S
SIMOCODE pro V/
Page
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET
SIMOCODE 3UF motor management and control devices
Basic units
✓
✓
✓
10/14
Current measuring modules
✓
✓
✓
10/15
Current/voltage measuring modules
--
--
✓
10/15
Decoupling modules
--
--
✓
10/15
Operator panels
✓
✓
✓
10/15
Operator panels with display
--
--
✓
10/15
Expansion modules
--
✓
✓
10/16
Fail-safe expansion modules
--
--
✓
10/18
Current transformers
✓
✓
✓
10/28
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)
✓
✓
Available soon
10/22
SIMOCODE ES 2007
✓
✓
✓
10/24
SIMOCODE pro block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
✓
Available soon
✓
10/26
Basic units
Expansion modules
Software
Page
10/30
✓ Available
-- Not available
Type
10
LOGO! logic modules
LOGO! Modular basic versions
✓
--
--
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic versions1)
✓
--
--
10/31
LOGO! Modular pure versions
✓
--
--
10/32
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular pure versions1)
✓
--
--
10/33
LOGO! Modular expansion modules
--
✓
--
10/34
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular expansion
modules1)
--
✓
--
10/35
LOGO! CM EIB/KNX communication
modules
--
✓
--
10/36
LOGO! CSM unmanaged
--
✓
--
10/37
AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
--
✓
--
10/38
LOGO!Contact
--
✓
--
10/40
LOGO! Software
--
--
✓
10/41
✓ Corresponds to
-- Does not correspond to
1)
Devices with extended temperature range and medial loading.
10/2
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Monitoring and Control Devices
Introduction
Type
Page
3RP15
10/51
3RP20
10/57
7PV15
10/60
3RT19
10/64
--
--
✓
--
Timing relays
Enclosure:
• 17.5 mm industry and household
equipment installation
• 22.5 mm industry
✓
--
--
--
• 45 mm industry
--
✓
--
--
• For contactor sizes S0 to S12
--
--
--
✓
Monofunction
✓
✓
✓
✓
Multifunction
✓
✓
✓
--
Monovoltage
--
--
--
✓
Combination voltage
✓
✓
✓
--
Wide voltage range
✓
✓
✓
--
Application:
--
--
--
--
• Control systems and mechanical
engineering
✓
✓
✓
✓
• Infrastructure
--
--
✓
--
• Mounting onto contactors
--
--
--
✓
✓ Corresponds to or possible
-- Does not correspond to or not possible
Type
3UG463.
3RR21,
3RR22,
3UG4621,
3UG4622
3UG4641
3UG4625
3UG458.
with 3UL23
3UG4501
3UG4651
Page
Line monitoring
✓
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
10/87
Voltage monitoring
--
✓
--
--
--
--
--
--
10/92
Current monitoring
--
--
✓
--
--
--
--
--
10/71, 10/95
10
3UG451.,
3UG461.
Monitoring relays
Active current monitoring
--
--
3RR22: ✓
✓
--
--
--
--
10/71, 10/98
Power factor monitoring
--
--
--
✓
--
--
--
--
10/98
Residual current monitoring
--
--
--
--
✓
--
--
--
10/101
Insulation monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
✓
--
--
10/107, 10/110
Level monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
--
✓
--
10/115
Speed monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
✓
10/119
✓ Available
-- Not available
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/3
© Siemens AG 2013
Monitoring and Control Devices
Introduction
Type
3UG481.
3UG4832
3RR24
3UG4822
3UG4841
3UG4825
with 3UL23
3UG4851
Page
Line monitoring
✓
Voltage monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
10/127
✓
--
--
--
--
--
Current monitoring
10/130
--
--
✓
✓
--
--
--
10/79, 10/133
Power factor and active current
monitoring
--
--
✓
--
✓
--
--
10/79, 10/136
Residual current monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
✓
--
10/140
Speed monitoring
--
--
--
--
--
--
✓
10/143
Monitoring relays for IO-Link
✓ Available
-- Not available
Type
3RS10, 3RS11,
3RS20, 3RS21
3RS14, 3RS15
3RN1
3RS17
Page
✓
--
--
--
10/151, 10/154,
10/157
--
✓
--
--
10/166, 10/169
--
--
✓
--
10/172
--
--
--
✓
10/181
Temperature monitoring relays
Temperature monitoring
Temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link
Temperature monitoring for IO-Link
Thermistor motor protection
Thermistor motor protection
10
Interface converters
Interface converters
✓ Available
-- Not available
Connection methods
The monitoring and control devices are available with screw or
spring-type terminals.
Screw terminals
"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e/d according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
The communication-capable, modularly designed SIMOCODE
pro motor management system (SIRIUS Motor Management and
Control Devices) protects motors of types of protection EEx e
and EEx d in potentially explosive areas.
Spring-type terminals
ATEX approval for operation in areas subject to explosion
hazard
The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables
by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.
The SIRIUS 3RN1 thermistor motor protection relay for PTC sensors is certified according to ATEX Ex II (2) G and D for environments with explosive gas or dust loads.
The SIRIUS SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system is
certified for the protection of motors in areas subject to explosion
hazard according to
• ATEX Ex I (M2); equipment group I, category M2 (mining)
• ATEX Ex II (2) GD; equipment group II, category 2 in area GD.
10/4
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
■ Overview
Expansion
possibilities
SIMOCODE
pro C
pro S
pro V3)
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS1) PROFINET
Operator panels
✓
✓
✓
✓
Operator panels
with display
--
--
✓
✓
Current measuring
modules
✓
✓
✓
✓
Current/voltage
measuring
modules
--
--
✓
✓
Decoupling
modules
--
--
✓
✓
• Digital modules
--
--
2
2
• Fail-safe digital
modules2)
--
--
1
1
• Analog modules
--
--
1
2
• Ground-fault
modules
--
--
1
1
• Temperature
modules
--
--
1
2
• Multifunction
modules
--
1
--
--
Expansion
modules:
SIMOCODE pro is a flexible, modular motor management
system for motors with constant speeds in the low-voltage performance range. It optimizes the connection between I&C and
motor feeder, increases plant availability and allows significant
savings to be made for installation, commissioning, operation
and maintenance of a system.
When SIMOCODE pro is installed in the low-voltage switchboard, it is the intelligent interface between the higher-level
automation system and the motor feeder and includes the
following:
• Multifunctional, solid-state full motor protection that is
independent of the automation system
• Integrated control functions instead of hardware for the motor
control
• Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data
• Open communication through PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET and
OPC UA
• Safety relay function for the fail-safe disconnection of motors
up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508, IEC 62061) or PL e with Category 4
(EN ISO 13849-1)
• SIMOCODE ES is the software package for SIMOCODE pro
parameterization, start-up and diagnostics.
Device series
SIMOCODE pro is structured into several functionally tiered
series:
• SIMOCODE pro C, as a compact system for direct-on-line
starters and reversing starters or for controlling a motor starter
protector
• SIMOCODE pro S, the smart system for direct-on-line,
reversing, and wye-delta starters or for controlling a motor
starter protector or soft starter. Its expandability with a multifunction module provides comprehensive input/output project
data volume, precise ground-fault detection via the 3UL23
residual-current transformers and temperature measurement.
• SIMOCODE pro V, as a variable system with all control functions and with the possibility of expanding the inputs, outputs
and functions of the system at will using expansion modules
✓ Available
-- Not available
1)
When an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module are
used, more restrictions on the number of expansion modules connectable
per basic unit must be observed, see page 10/13.
2)
The fail-safe digital module can be used instead of one of the two digital
modules.
3)
Maximum of 5 expansion modules.
Per feeder each system always comprises one basic unit and
one separate current measuring module. The two modules are
connected together electrically through the system interface
with a connection cable and can be mounted mechanically connected as a unit (one behind the other) or separately (side by
side). The motor current to be monitored is decisive only for the
choice of the current measuring module.
An operator panel for mounting in the control cabinet door is
optionally connectable through a second system interface on
the basic unit. Both the current measuring module and the
operator panel are electrically supplied by the basic unit through
the connection cable. More inputs, outputs and functions can be
added to the SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro S by
means of optional expansion modules, thus supplementing the
inputs and outputs already existing on the basic unit. With the
DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules it is
also possible to integrate the fail-safe disconnection of motors in
the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system.
All modules are connected by connection cables. The connection cables are available in various lengths. The maximum distance between the modules (e.g. between the basic unit and the
current measuring module) must not exceed 2.5 m. The total
length of all the connection cables per system interface of the
basic unit may be up to 3 m.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/5
10
SIMOCODE pro S for efficient entry into motor management and
SIMOCODE pro V for maximum functionality
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
SIMOCODE pro motor management system
1st - 4th
5th 6th 7th
@@@@
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
1
@
@
0
13th
–
0
–
0
3UF7
@
Type of unit/module
Functional version of the unit/module
@
Connection type of the current transformer
@
Voltage version
@
Color (0 = lightgray, 1 = titan gray)
Example
@
3UF7
0
1
0
–
1
A
B
0
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
10
■ Benefits
General customer benefits
• Integrating the whole motor feeder into the process control by
means of PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET or OPC UA significantly
reduces the wiring outlay between the motor feeder and PLC
• Decentralization of the automated processes by means of
configurable control and monitoring functions in the feeder
saves resources in the automation system and ensures full
functionality and protection of the feeder even if the I&C or bus
system fails
• The acquisition and monitoring of operating, service and
diagnostics data in the feeder and process control system
increases plant availability as well as maintenance and
service-friendliness
• The high degree of modularity allows users to perfectly implement their plant-specific requirements for each motor feeder
• The SIMOCODE pro system offers functionally graded and
space-saving solutions for each customer application
• The replacement of the control circuit hardware with integrated control functions decreases the number of hardware
components and wiring required and in this way limits stock
keeping costs and potential wiring errors
• The use of solid-state full motor protection permits better utilization of the motors and ensures long-term stability of the tripping characteristic and reliable tripping even after years of
service
Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection
for rated motor currents up to 820 A
SIMOCODE pro offers comprehensive protection of the motor
feeder by means of a combination of different, multi-step and delayable protection and monitoring functions:
• Inverse-time delayed solid-state overload protection
(CLASS 5 to 40)
• Thermistor motor protection
• Phase failure/unbalance protection
• Stall protection
• Monitoring of adjustable limit values for the motor current
• Voltage and power monitoring
• Monitoring of the power factor (motor idling/load shedding)
• Ground-fault monitoring
• Temperature monitoring, e.g. over PT100/PT1000
• Monitoring of operating hours, downtime and number of starts
etc.
10/6
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
Recording of measuring curves
SIMOCODE pro can record measuring curves and therefore is
able, for example, to present the progression of motor current
during motor start-up.
Flexible motor control implemented with integrated control
functions (instead of comprehensive hardware interlocks)
Many predefined motor control functions have already been
integrated into SIMOCODE pro, including all necessary logic
operations and interlocks:
• Overload relays
• Direct-on-line and reversing starters
• Wye/delta starters (also with direction reversal)
• Two speeds, motors with separate windings (pole-changing
starter); also with direction reversal
• Two speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings
(also with direction reversal)
• Positioner actuation
• Solenoid valve actuation
• Actuation of a motor starter protector
• Soft starter actuation (also with direction reversal)
These control functions are predefined in SIMOCODE pro and
can be freely assigned to the inputs and outputs of the device
(including PROFIBUS/PROFINET).
These predefined control functions can also be flexibly adapted
to each customized configuration of a motor feeder by means of
freely configurable logic modules (truth tables, counters, timers,
edge evaluation, etc.) and with the help of standard functions
(power failure monitoring, emergency start, external faults, etc.),
without additional auxiliary relays being necessary in the control
circuit.
SIMOCODE pro makes a lot of additional hardware and wiring in
the control circuit unnecessary which results in a high level of
standardization of the motor feeder in terms of its design and
circuit diagrams.
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Detailed operational, service and diagnostics data
Communications
SIMOCODE pro makes different operating, service and diagnostics data available and helps to detect potential faults in time and
to prevent them by means of preventative measures. In the event
of a malfunction, a fault can be diagnosed, localized and rectified very quickly – there are no or very short downtimes.
SIMOCODE pro has either an integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (SUB-D or terminal connection) or a PROFINET interface
(2 x RJ45).
Service data
• Motor operating hours
• Motor stop times
• Number of motor starts
• Number of overload trips
• Interval for compulsory testing of the enabling circuits
• Energy consumed
• Internal comments stored in the device etc.
Diagnostics data
• Numerous detailed early warning and fault messages
• Internal device fault logging with time stamp
• Time stamping of freely selectable status, alarm or
fault messages etc.
Easy operation and diagnostics
Operator panel
The operator panel is used to control the motor feeder and can
replace all conventional pushbuttons and indicator lights to save
space. It makes SIMOCODE pro or the feeder directly operable
in the control cabinet. It features all the status LEDs available on
the basic unit and externalizes the system interface for simple
parameterization or diagnosis on a PC/PG.
Operator panel with display
As an alternative to the 3UF720 standard operator panel for
SIMOCODE pro V, there is also an operator panel with display:
the 3UF721 is thus able in addition to indicate current measured
values, operational and diagnostics data or status information of
the motor feeder at the control cabinet. The pushbuttons of the
operator panel can be used to control the motor. Also, when
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET is used it is possible to set parameters such as rated motor current, limit values, etc. directly via
the operator panel with display.
SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS supports for example:
• Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)
• Extensive diagnostics and hardware interrupts
• Time stamp with high timing precision (SIMATIC S7) for
SIMOCODE pro V
• DPV1 communication after the Y-Link
SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET
SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET supports for example:
• Line and ring bus topology thanks to an integrated switch
• Media redundancy via MRP protocol
• Operating, service and diagnostics data via standard web
browser
• OPC UA server for open communication with visualization and
control system
• NTP-synchronized time
• Interval function and measured values for power management
via PROFIenergy
• Module exchange without PC memory module through
proximity detection
• Extensive diagnostics and maintenance alarms
Notes on safety
For connection of an internal system to an external system,
suitable protective measures must be taken to ensure safe
operation of the plant (including IT security, e. g. network
segmentation).
More information see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
For SIMOCODE pro motor management and control devices
with communication function see page 10/14 onwards.
Accessories see page 10/19 onwards.
More information see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
Autonomous operation
An essential feature of SIMOCODE pro is the autonomous execution of all protection and control functions, even when communication to the I&C system is interrupted. This means that even
in the event of bus system or automation system failure, full functionality of the feeder is ensured or a specific behavior can be
parametrized in case of such a fault, e.g. targeted shutdown of
the feeder or execution of particular parametrized control mechanisms (such as reversal of the direction of rotation).
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/7
10
Operating data
• Motor switching state derived from the current flow in the main
circuit
• All phase currents
• All phase voltages and phase-to-phase voltages
• Active power, apparent power and power factor
• Phase unbalance and phase sequence
• Ground-fault current
• Time to trip
• Motor temperature
• Remaining cooling time etc.
Fail-safe disconnection through PROFIBUS or PROFINET with
the PROFIsafe profile is also possible in conjunction with a failsafe controller (F-CPU) and the DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital
module.
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Control circuit
Main circuit
L1
L2
L3
Standard
Automation level
Failsafe
L
N
<
0
>
Remote
PROFINET/PROFIsafe
Inputs
Current
measuring
module
Inputs
DM-F
PROFIsafe
Basic unit
SIMOCODE
pro V
PROFINET
Operator panel
with display
Connection
cable
Feedback circuit
SIMOCODE pro
-Q1
-Q3
-Q2
Q2
-Q2
Q3
-Q3
IC01_00163
Q1
10
-Q1
M
3~
Protecting + Monitoring
Controlling + Failsafe Disconnecting
(overload, thermistor, ground fault ...)
(including monitoring + locking)
Communication
(operating, service, diagnostics data +
control commands + failsafe disconnection)
SIMOCODE pro combines all essential functions, including safety functions, through PROFINET/PROFIsafe for the motor feeder
10/8
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
4
Advantages through energy efficiency
Overview of the energy management process
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate, and
realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware and
software solutions in every process phase.
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system makes
the following contribution to the energy efficiency of the plant as
a whole:
• Energy consumption:
Clear display of the energy consumption of a motor feeder or
process element by means of the acquisition and transmission
of all operating and consumption date, such as current,
voltage, active and reactive power, energy consumption,
motor temperature etc.
• Energy management:
Evaluation of energy measured values (e. g. limit value monitoring) with exporting of local or central actions (= forwarding
to higher-level)
• PROFIenergy:
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET supports the PROFIenergy functions. Reduced energy consumption thanks to automatic disconnection in the intervals and forwarding of the measured
values for higher-level energy management systems.
■ Application
SIMOCODE pro is often used for automated processes where
plant downtimes are very expensive (e.g. steel or cement industry) and where it is important to prevent plant downtimes through
detailed operating, service and diagnostics data or to localize
the fault very quickly in the event of a fault.
Safety technology for SIMOCODE pro
SIMOCODE pro is modular and space-saving and suited especially for operation in motor control centers (MCCs) in the process industry and for power plant technology.
With the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion
modules it is easy to integrate functions for fail-safe disconnection into the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system while
retaining service-proven concepts. The strict separation of
safety functions and operational functions proves particularly
advantageous for planning, configuring and construction.
Seamless integration in the motor management system leads to
greater transparency for diagnostics and during operation of the
system.
Protection and control of motors in hazardous areas for types of
protection EEx e/d according to ATEX guideline 94/9/EC
• With heavy starting (paper, cement, metal and water
industries)
• In high-availability plants (chemical, oil, raw material processing industries, power plants)
Suitable components for this purpose are the DM-F Local and
DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules, depending on the
requirements:
• the DM-F Local fail-safe digital module for when direct assignment between a fail-safe hardware shutdown signal and a
motor feeder is required, or
• the DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module for when a
fail-safe controller (F-CPU) creates the signal for the
disconnection and transmits it in a fail-safe manner through
PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or PROFINET/PROFIsafe to the motor
management system
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/9
10
Applications
The safe disconnection of motors in the process industry is becoming increasingly important as the result of new and revised
standards and requirements in the safety technology field.
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
■ Technical specifications
General data
Type
3UF7
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage and transport
°C
°C
Degree of protection (to IEC 60529)
• Measurement modules with busbar connection
• Operator panel (front) and door adapter (front) with cover
• Other components
Shock resistance (sine pulse)
IP00
IP54
IP20
g/ms
EMC interference immunity (according to IEC 60947-1)
• Conducted interference, burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4
• Conducted interference, high frequency acc. to
IEC 61000-4-6
• Conducted interference, surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5
• Electrostatic discharge, ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
• Field-related interference acc. to IEC 61000-4-3
15/11
Any
Mounting position
Frequency
-25 ... +60 ; 3UF7 21: 0 ... +60
-40 ... +80 ; 3UF7 21: -20 ... +70
Hz
50/60 5 %
kV
kV
V
(corresponds to degree of severity 3)
2 (power ports)
1 (signal ports)
10
kV
kV
kV
kV
V/m
2 (line to ground); 3UF7320-1AB, 3UF7330-1AB: 1 (line to ground)
1 (line to line); 3UF7320-1AB, 3UF7330-1AB: 0.5 (line to line)
8 (air discharge); 3UF7020: Only operate front side during operation
6 (contact discharge); 3UF721: 4 (contact discharge)
10
EMC emitted interference (according to IEC 60947-1)
• Conducted and radiated interference emission
EN 55011/EN 55022 (CISPR 11/CISPR 22)
(corresponds to degree of severity A)
All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely separated from each other
according to IEC 60947-1, i.e. they are designed with doubled creepage
paths and clearances. In this context, compliance with the instructions in the
test report "Safe Isolation" No.2668 is required.
Protective separation (acc. to IEC 60947-1)
Basic units
Type
3UF7000-1AU00-0
3UF7010-1AU00-0
3UF7011-1AU00-0
3UF7020-1AU01-0
3UF7000-1AB00-0
3UF7010-1AB00-0
3UF7011-1AB00-0
3UF7020-1AB01-0
Rated control supply voltage Us (according to IEC 61131-2)
110 ... 240 AC/DC; 50/60 Hz
24 V DC
Operating range
• SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) and SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010)
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.80 ... 1.2 × Us
• SIMOCODE pro V PN (3UF7011) and SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020)
- Operation
- Start-up
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.80 ... 1.2 × Us
0.85 ... 1.2 × Us
7 VA/5 W
10 VA/7 W
5W
7W
11 VA/8 W
8W
10
Control circuit
Power consumption
• SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) and SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020)
• SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010)
incl. two connected expansion modules
• SIMOCODE pro V PN (3UF7011)
incl. two connected expansion modules
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
300 (at pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Relay outputs
• Number
- SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro V, SIMOCODE pro V PN
- SIMOCODE pro S
• Specified short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts
(relay outputs)
- Fuse links
- Miniature circuit breaker
• Rated uninterrupted current
• Rated switching capacity
- AC-15
- DC-13
3 monostable relay outputs
2 monostable relay outputs
A
6 A/24 V AC
2 A/24 V DC
10/10
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
6 A/120 V AC
0.55 A/60 V DC
3 A/230 V AC
0.25 A/125 V DC
4 inputs supplied internally by the device electronics (with 24 V DC) and
connected to a common potential
Inputs (binary)
Thermistor motor protection (binary PTC)
• Summation cold resistance
• Response value
• Return value
6 A operational class gG; 10 A quick-response (IEC 60947-5-1)
1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1); 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A)
6
k
k
k
 1.5
3.4 ... 3.8
1.5 ... 1.65
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Current measuring modules or current/voltage measuring modules
Type
3UF71.0
3UF71.1
3UF71.2
3UF71.3
3UF71.4
2.4 ... 25
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
Main circuit
Current setting Ie
A
0.3 ... 3
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
690; 3UF7103 and 3UF7104: 1 000 (at pollution degree 3)
Rated operational voltage Ue
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6; 3UF7103 and 3UF7104: 8
Rated frequency
Hz
50/60
Three-phase current
Type of current
Additional short-circuit protection is required in the main circuit
Short circuit
Accuracy of current measurement (in the range of 1 x minimum
current setting Iu to 8 x max. current setting Io)
Typical voltage measuring range
• Phase-to-phase voltage/line-to-line voltage (e.g. UL1 L2)
• Phase voltage (e.g. UL1 N)
Accuracy
• Voltage measurement
(phase voltage UL in the range 230 ... 400 V)
• Power factor measurement (in the rated load range p.f.= 0.4...0.8)
• Apparent power measurement (in the rated load range)
%
3
V
V
110 ... 690
65 ... 400
%
3 (typical)
%
%
5 (typical)
5 (typical)
Notes on voltage measurement
• In insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically grounded forms
of power supply system and for single-phase systems
• Supply lines for voltage measurement
In these networks the current/voltage measuring module can be used only
with an upstream decoupling module on the system interface.
In the supply lines from the main circuit for voltage measurement of
SIMOCODE pro it may be necessary to provide additional line protection!
Digital modules or multifunction module
Type
3UF7300, 3UF7310, 3UF7600
Control circuit
Rated insulation voltage Ui
V
300 (at pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
2 monostable or bistable relay outputs (depending on the version)
A
6 A operational class gG; 10 A quick-response (IEC 60947-5-1)
1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1); 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A)
6
6 A/24 V AC
2 A/24 V DC
6 A/120 V AC
0.55 A/60 V DC
3 A/230 V AC
0.25 A/125 V DC
4 inputs, electrically isolated, supplied externally with 24 V DC or
110 ... 240 V AC/DC depending on the version, connected to a common
potential
Inputs (binary)
Ground-fault modules or multifunction modules
Type
3UF7510, 3UF7600
Control circuit
Connectable residual-current transformers
3UL23
Type of current for monitoring
Type A (AC and pulsating DC residual currents)
Adjustable response value
30 mA ... 40 A
Relative measurement error
7.5 %
Temperature modules or multifunction modules
Type
3UF7600, 3UF7700
Sensor circuit
Number of temperature sensors
• 3UF7700
• 3UF7600
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
3 temperature sensors
1 temperature sensor
mA
mA
1 (typical)
0.2 (typical)
Open-circuit/short-circuit detection
• Sensor type
- Open circuit
- Short circuit
- Measuring range
°C
PT100/PT1000
✓
✓
-50 ... +500
Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)
K
<2
Deviation due to ambient temperature (in % of measuring range)
%
0.05 per K deviation from T20
Conversion time
ms
500
Connection type
KTY83-110
✓
✓
-50 ... +175
KTY84
✓
✓
-40 ... +300
NTC
-✓
80 ... 160
Two- or three-wire connection
✓ Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/11
10
Relay outputs
• Number
• Specified short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts
(relay outputs)
- Fuse links
- Miniature circuit breaker
• Rated uninterrupted current
• Rated switching capacity
- AC-15
- DC-13
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
Analog modules
Type
3UF74
Control circuit
Inputs
• Channels
• Parameterizable measuring ranges
• Shielding
• Max. input current (destruction limit)
• Accuracy
• Input resistance
• Conversion time
• Resolution
• Open-circuit detection
Outputs
• Channels
• Parameterizable output range
• Shielding
• Max. voltage at output
• Accuracy
• Max. output load
• Conversion time
• Resolution
• Short-circuit proof
mA
mA
%

ms
bit
mA
V DC
%

ms
bit
2 (passive)
0/4 ... 20
Up to 30 m shield recommended, from 30 m shield required
40
1
50
150
12
With measuring range 4 ... 20 mA
1
0/4 ... 20
Up to 30 m shield recommended, from 30 m shield required
30
1
500
25
12
Yes
Connection type
Two-wire connection
Electrical separation of inputs/output
to the device electronics
No
Fail-safe digital modules
Type
3UF7320-1AB00-0 3UF7320-1AU00-0 3UF7330-1AB00-0 3UF7330-1AU00-0
Control circuit
Rated control supply voltage Us
V
Power consumption
110 ... 240 AC/DC; 24 DC
50/60 Hz
110 ... 240 AC/DC;
50/60 Hz
3W
9.5 VA/4.5 W
11 VA/5.5 W
Rated insulation voltage
V
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Relay outputs
• Number
10
24 DC
4W
2 relay enabling circuits, 2 relay outputs
Version of the fuse link
For short-circuit protection of the relay enabling circuit
A
4, operational class gG
Rated uninterrupted current
A
5
Rated switching capacity
• AC-15
• DC-13
3 A/24 V AC
4 A/24 V DC
Inputs (binary)
5 (with internal power supply from the device electronics)
Cable length
• Between sensor/start signal and evaluation electronics
• For further digital signals
m
m
3 A/120 V AC
0.55 A/60 V DC
1.5 A/230 V AC
0.22 A/125 V DC
1 500
300
Safety data1)
SIL level max. according to IEC 61508
3
Performance level PL according to EN ISO 13849-1
e
Category according to EN ISO 13849-1
4
Stop category according to EN 60204-1
0
Probability of a dangerous failure
(at 40 °C) for SIL 3 applications
• Per hour (PFHd) at a high demand rate
according to IEC 62061
• On demand (PFDavg) at a low demand rate
according to IEC 61508
T1 value for proof-test interval or
service life according to IEC 61508
1)
More safety data see system manual
"SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852.
10/12
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
1/h
a
4.5 x 10 -9
4.6 x 10 -9
4.4 x 10 -9
4.4 x 10 -9
5.4 x 10 -6
5.5 x 10 -6
5.1 x 10 -6
5.2 x 10 -6
20
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
General data
■ More information
If you want to use an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module in the SIMOCODE pro V system with PROFIBUS,
then the following configuration instructions concerning the type
and number of connectable expansion modules must be
observed.
The following tables show the maximum possible configuration
of the expansion modules for the various combinations.
The DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion
modules behave in this connection like digital modules for
standard applications.
Use of an operator panel with display
Digital
modules
Digital
modules
Analog
modules
Temperature Ground-fault
modules
modules
Only operator panel with display for SIMOCODE pro V
(24 V DC or 110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
Max. 4 expansion modules can be used
Operator panel with display and current/voltage measurement
with SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
Max. 3 expansion modules can be used or:
--
✓
--
✓
--
✓ Available
-- Not available
Use of a decoupling module
(voltage measurement in insulated networks)
Digital
modules
Digital
modules
Analog
modules
Temperature Ground-fault
modules
modules
SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC)
✓1)
✓1)
✓
✓
✓
SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely isolated from each other
in accordance with IEC 60947-1. That is, they are designed with
double creepages and clearances. In the event of a fault, therefore, no parasitic voltages can be formed in neighboring circuits.
The instructions of Test log No. 2668 must be complied with.
Types of protection EEx e and EEx d
The overload protection and the thermistor motor protection
of the SIMOCODE pro system comply with the requirements for
overload protection of explosion-proof motors to the type of
protection:
• EEx d "flameproof enclosure" e.g. according to IEC 60079-1
• EEx e "increased safety" e.g. according to IEC 60079-7
When using SIMOCODE pro devices with a 24 V DC control
voltage, electrical separation must be ensured using a battery or
a safety transformer according to IEC 61558-2-6.
EC type test certificate: BVS 06 ATEX F 001
Test log: BVS PP 05.2029 EG.
Selection data for type-tested assemblies/load feeders
For configuration tables according to
type of coordination "1" or "2", see
• Manual "Configuring SIRIUS",
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0RA21-0AB0,
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40625241
• Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations",
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0RA21-1AB0,
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188
• SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS System Manual,
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0UF70-3AA1,
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/20017780
• SIMOCODE pro PROFINET System Manual,
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0UF70-1AB1,
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/61896631
✓
✓
--
✓
✓
System manual
✓1)
✓1)
✓
✓
--
✓
--
✓
✓
--
✓
--
✓
--
✓
The SIMOCODE pro system manual describes the motor
management system and its functions in detail. It provides
information on configuration, start-up, servicing and maintenance. A typical example of a reversing starter application is
used to teach the user quickly and practically how to use the
system. In addition to help on how to identify and rectify faults in
the event of a malfunction, the manual also contains special
information for servicing and maintenance. For selection of
equipment and for configuration, it is recommended to consult
the system manual.
✓ Available
-- Not available
1)
Protective separation
No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active
simultaneously (> 3 s).
Use of a decoupling module
(voltage measurement in insulated networks)
in combination with an operator panel with display
Digital
modules
Digital
modules
Analog
modules
Temperature Ground-fault
modules
modules
SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC)
✓
--
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
--
✓
✓
A detailed description of the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe
fail-safe expansion modules is provided in the system manual
"SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules", which can be
downloaded from the Internet.
Internet
More information see www.siemens.com/simocode.
SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
✓2)
--
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
--
--
--
✓1)
✓1)
✓3)
--
--
✓
--
--
✓
✓
✓ Available
-- Not available
1)
No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active
simultaneously (> 3 s).
2)
No bistable relay outputs and no more than 3 of 5 relay outputs active
simultaneously (> 3 s).
3)
Analog module output is not used.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/13
10
Configuration instructions when using an operator panel
with display and/or a decoupling module with
SIMOCODE pro V with PROFIBUS
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Basic units
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
SIMOCODE pro
SIMOCODE pro C
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485
4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs
Rated control supply voltage Us:
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7000-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7000-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7020-1AB01-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7020-1AU01-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7010-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7010-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7011-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7011-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
3UF7000-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro S
PROFIBUS DP interface, 1.5 Mbit/s, RS 485
4 I/2 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by a
multifunction module
Rated control supply voltage Us:
3UF7020-1A.01-0
SIMOCODE pro V
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485
4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by
expansion modules
Rated control supply voltage Us:
3UF7010-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET1)
10
ETHERNET/PROFINET IO,
OPC UA server and web server, 100 Mbit/s,
2 x connection to bus through RJ45, 4 I/3 O freely
assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable
relay outputs, can be expanded by expansion modules
Rated control supply voltage Us:
3UF7011-1A.00-0
1)
When using an operator panel with display, the product version must be
E07 or higher (from 08/2012).
10/14
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Basic units
Version
Current setting Width
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
A
mm
0.3 ... 3
45
}
3UF7100-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
2.4 ... 25
45
1
1 unit
42J
55
120
}
}
3UF7101-1AA00-0
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
3UF7102-1AA00-0
3UF7103-1AA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
120
145
}
3UF7103-1BA00-0
3UF7104-1BA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
SIMOCODE pro (continued)
Current measuring modules
• Straight-through
transformers
• Busbar connections
3UF7100-1AA00-0
}
}
Current/voltage measuring modules
for SIMOCODE pro V
Voltage measuring up to 690 V
If required in connection with a decoupling module
• Straight-through
transformers
3UF7110-1AA00-0
• Busbar connections
0.3 ... 3
45
}
3UF7110-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
2.4 ... 25
45
1
1 unit
42J
55
120
}
}
3UF7111-1AA00-0
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
3UF7112-1AA00-0
3UF7113-1AA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
120
145
3UF7113-1BA00-0
3UF7114-1BA00-0
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
3UF7150-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
}
}
Decoupling modules
For connecting upstream from a current/voltage measuring A
module on the system interface when using voltage
detection in insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically
grounded systems and in single-phase systems
3UF7150-1AA00-0
Operator panels
3UF7200-1AA00-0
• Light gray
}
3UF7200-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• Titanium gray
}
3UF7200-1AA01-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7210-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
3UF7200-1AA10-0
Operator panel with display
for SIMOCODE pro V
3UF7210-1AA00-0
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate,
for plugging into SIMOCODE pro V and
SIMOCODE pro V PN,
7 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons
for controlling the motor, multilingual display,
e.g. for indication of measured values, status information
or fault messages
Notes:
System manual "SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS" see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/20017780.
System manual "SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET" see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/61896631.
SIMOCODE pro V basic unit in a hardened version via
SIPLUS extreme upon request.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/15
10
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate,
for plugging into all SIMOCODE pro basic units,
10 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable
buttons for controlling the motor
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Expansion modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V
With SIMOCODE pro V, it is possible to expand the type
and number of inputs and outputs in steps. Each expansion
module has two system interfaces on the front. Through the
one system interface the expansion module is connected to
the system interface of the SIMOCODE pro V using a
connection cable; through the second system interface,
further expansion modules or the operator panel can be
connected. The power supply for the expansion modules is
provided by the connection cable through the basic unit.
Note:
Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/19.
Digital modules
Up to two digital modules can be used to add additional
binary inputs and relay outputs to the basic unit. The input
circuits of the digital modules are supplied from an external
power supply.
4 binary inputs and 2 relay outputs,
up to 2 digital modules can be connected
Relay outputs
Input voltage
Monostable
24 V DC
}
3UF7300-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7300-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
24 V DC
}
3UF7310-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7310-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7400-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7510-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7700-1AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
3UF7300-1AU00-0
Bistable
Analog modules
Basic unit can be optionally expanded with analog inputs
and outputs (0/4 ... 20 mA) by means of the analog
module.
10
2 inputs (passive) for input and 1 output for output of
0/4 ... 20 mA signals, max. 1 analog module can be
connected per pro V basic unit and max. 2 analog
modules per pro V PN basic unit
3UF7400-1AA00-0
Ground-fault modules1)
Ground-fault monitoring using 3UL23 residual-current
transformers and ground-fault modules is used in cases
where precise detection of the ground-fault current is
required or power systems with high impedance are
grounded.
With the ground-fault module, it is possible to determine
the precise fault current as a measured value, and to
define freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide
range from 30 mA ... 40 A.
3UF7510-1AA00-0
1 input for connecting a 3UL23 residual-current transformer, up to 1 ground-fault module can be connected
Note:
For corresponding residual-current transformers,
see page 10/104.
Temperature modules
Independently of the thermistor motor protection of the
basic units, up to 3 analog temperature sensors can be
evaluated using a temperature module.
Sensor types: PT100/PT1000, KTY83/KTY84 or NTC
3 inputs for connecting up to 3 analog temperature
sensors, up to 1 temperature module can be connected
per pro V basic unit and max. 2 temperature modules per
pro V PN basic unit
3UF7700-1AA00-0
1)
Possible with pro V basic unit from product version E10 or pro V PN basic
unit from product version E04.
10/16
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Expansion modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro S
With SIMOCODE pro S, it is possible to expand the type
and number of inputs and outputs. The expansion module
has two system interfaces on the front. Through the one
system interface the expansion module is connected to the
system interface of the SIMOCODE pro S using a
connection cable; through the second system interface,
the operator panel can be connected. The power supply for
the expansion module is provided by the connection cable
through the basic unit.
Note:
Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/19.
Multifunction modules
The multifunction module is the expansion module of the
SIMOCODE pro S device series with the following
functions:
3UF7600-1AU01-0
• Digital module function with four digital inputs and
two monostable relay outputs
• Ground-fault module function with an input for the
connection of a 3UL23 residual-current transformer with
freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide zone of
30 mA ... 40 A
• Temperature module function with an input for connecting
an analog temperature sensor PT100, PT1000, KTY83,
KTY84, or NTC
max. 1 multifunction module can be connected per
pro S basic unit
Input voltage of the digital inputs:
}
3UF7600-1AB01-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7600-1AU01-0
1
1 unit
42J
10
• 24 V DC
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/17
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Fail-safe expansion modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Fail-safe expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V
Thanks to the fail-safe expansion modules,
SIMOCODE pro V can be expanded with the function of a
safety relay for the fail-safe disconnection of motors.
A maximum of 1 fail-safe digital module can be connected;
it can be used instead of a digital module.
The fail-safe expansion modules are equipped likewise with
two system interfaces at the front for making the connection
to other system components. Unlike other expansion
modules, power is supplied to the modules through a
separate terminal connection.
Note:
Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/19.
DM-F Local fail-safe digital modules 1)
For fail-safe disconnection using a hardware signal
2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs,
common potential disconnected fail-safe; inputs for sensor
circuit, start signal, cascading and feedback circuit, safety
function adjustable using DIP switches
Rated control supply voltage Us:
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7320-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7320-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 24 V DC
}
3UF7330-1AB00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC
}
3UF7330-1AU00-0
1
1 unit
42J
3UF7320-1AB00-0
DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules1)
For fail-safe disconnection using PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or
PROFINET/PROFIsafe
2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs,
common potential disconnected fail-safe;
1 input for feedback circuit; 3 binary standard inputs
Rated control supply voltage Us:
3UF7330-1AB00-0
10
1)
Only possible with SIMOCODE pro V basic unit, product version E07 and
higher (from 05/2011) or SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit.
Note:
System manual "SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital
Modules" see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50564852.
10/18
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Connection cables (essential accessory)
Connection cables
In different lengths for connecting basic unit, current
measuring module, current/voltage measuring module,
operator panel or expansion modules or decoupling
module
3UF7932-0AA00-0
Version
Length
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
0.025 m
0.1 m
0.3 m
0.5 m
}
}
}
}
3UF7930-0AA00-0
3UF7931-0AA00-0
3UF7935-0AA00-0
3UF7932-0AA00-0
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
42J
42J
Round
Round
Round
0.5 m
1.0 m
2.5 m
}
}
}
3UF7932-0BA00-0
3UF7937-0BA00-0
3UF7933-0BA00-0
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
42J
}
3UF7940-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7941-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
B
3UF7946-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7900-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7901-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• Light gray
}
3UF7950-0AA00-0
1
5 units
42J
• Titanium gray
A
3RA6936-0B
1
5 units
42F
Addressing plugs
}
3UF7910-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
PC cables and adapters
RS 232 PC cables
For connecting to the serial interface of a PC/PG,
for communication with SIMOCODE pro through the
system interface
USB PC cables
3UF7940-0AA00-0
For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG,
for communication with SIMOCODE pro through the
system interface
USB/serial adapters
3UF7941-0AA00-0
To connect an RS 232 PC cable to to the USB interface of
a PC, recommended for use in conjunction with
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Memory modules
Memory module for SIMOCODE pro C,
SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V
For saving the complete parameterization of a
SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro S or SIMOCODE pro V
system
3UF7900-0AA00-0
Memory module for SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET
For saving the complete parameterization of a
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET system
Interface covers
Interface covers
For system interface
3UF7950-0AA00-0
Addressing plugs
For assigning the PROFIBUS address without using a
PC/PG to SIMOCODE pro through the system interface
3UF7910-0AA00-0
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/19
10
This enables transmission to a new system,
e.g. when a device is replaced, without the need for
additional aids or detailed knowledge of the device.
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
}
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3UF7902-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
Accessories for motor control center
With the draw-out technology often used in motor control
centers it is possible to integrate a SIMOCODE pro initialization module in the switchboard on a permanent basis.
Feeder-related parameter and address data can then be
permanently assigned to this feeder.
Initialization module1)
For automatic parameterization of SIMOCODE pro S,
SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET,
for fixed-mounted installation in switchboards
Y connection cable1)
3UF7902-0AA00-0
For use in conjunction with the initialization module;
connects the basic unit, current measuring module or
current/voltage measuring module, and initialization module
System interface length
Open cable end
0.1 m
1.0 m
}
3UF7931-0CA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
0.5 m
1.0 m
}
3UF7932-0CA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
1.0 m
1.0 m
}
3UF7937-0CA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7960-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7920-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7922-0AA00-0
1
1 unit
42J
• For pushbuttons of the 3UF720 operator panel
}
3UF7925-0AA00-0
100
400 units
42J
• For pushbuttons of the 3UF721 operator panel
with display
}
3UF7925-0AA01-0
100
600 units
42J
• For LEDs of the 3UF720 operator panel
}
3UF7925-0AA02-0
100 1 200 units
42J
A
3RV2928-0B
Bus connection terminals
Bus connection terminal
For shield support and strain relief of the PROFIBUS cable
on a SIMOCODE pro S
3UF7960-0AA00-0
Door adapters
Door adapters
For external connection of the system interface,
e.g. outside a control cabinet
10
3UF7920-0AA00-0
Adapters for operator panel
Adapters for operator panel
The adapter enables the smaller 3UF7200 operator panel
from SIMOCODE pro to be used in a front panel cutout in
which previously, e.g. after a change of system, a larger
3UF52 operator panel from SIMOCODE-DP had been used,
degree of protection IP54
3UF7922-0AA00-0
Labeling strips
Labeling strips
3UF7925-0AA02-0
Push-in lugs
Push-in lugs for screw fixing
e.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device
• Can be used for 3UF71.0, 3UF71.1 and 3UF71.2
3RB2928-0B
1)
100
10 units
41E
• Can be used for 3UF700, 3UF701, 3UF73, 3UF74, 3UF75 B
and 3UF77
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
• Can be used for 3UF7020, 3UF7600
3ZY1311-0AA00
1
10 units
41L
A
Possible with pro V basic unit, product version E09 (11/2012) and higher,
pro S basic unit or pro V PN basic unit.
10/20
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
• Length 100 mm, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
}
• Length 120 mm, can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0
}
• Length 25 mm, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
• Length 30 mm, can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3RT1956-4EA1
1
1 unit
41B
3RT1966-4EA1
1
1 unit
41B
}
3RT1956-4EA2
1
1 unit
41B
}
3RT1966-4EA2
1
1 unit
41B
}
3RT1956-4EA3
1
1 unit
41B
}
3RT1966-4EA3
1
1 unit
41B
• Up to 70 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
}
3RT1955-4G
1
1 unit
41B
• Up to 120 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
}
3RT1956-4G
1
1 unit
41B
• Up to 240 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0
}
3RT1966-4G
1
1 unit
41B
• 115/230 V AC
C
3UF1900-1KA00
1
1 unit
42J
• 24 V DC
C
3UF1900-1KB00
1
1 unit
42J
Terminal covers
Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections
Covers for box terminals
3RT1956-4EA1
Covers for screw terminals
Between contactor and current measuring module or
current/voltage measuring module for direct mounting
3RT1956-4EA2
• Can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
• Can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0
Box terminal blocks
Box terminal blocks
For round and ribbon cables
3RT195.-4G
Bus termination modules
Bus termination modules
With separate control supply voltage for bus termination
following the last unit on the bus line
10
Supply voltage:
3UF1900-1KA00
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/21
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Parameterization and service software for SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
• Delivered without PC cable
Version
DT
Article No.
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
• License key download, Class A
}
• License key on USB stick, Class A
• License key download, Class A
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3ZS1322-4CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
3ZS1322-4CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1322-5CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YE5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YD5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YL5
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V12 Basic
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through system interface)
3ZS1312-4CC10-0YA5
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V12 Standard
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through system interface
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
combo license for parallel use of
SIMOCODE ES 2007 and SIMOCODE ES V12,
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through the system interface,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
10
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V12 Basic
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through the system interface,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Software Update Service
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
online functions through the system interface,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
10/22
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
• License key download, Class A
}
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
3ZS1322-6CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YE5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YD5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YL5
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V12 Premium
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
combo license for parallel use of
SIMOCODE ES 2007 and SIMOCODE ES V12,
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through the system interface and
PROFIBUS,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V12 Standard
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Software Update Service
10
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
engineering software,
software and documentation on DVD,
online functions through the system interface and
PROFIBUS,
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor
(CFC-based)
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/23
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
• License key download, Class A
}
• License key on USB stick, Class A
• License key download, Class A
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2004 and later
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3ZS1312-4CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
3ZS1312-4CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1312-5CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YE5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YD5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YL5
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Basic
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
3ZS1312-4CC10-0YA5
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Standard
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface,
integrated graphics editor
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface,
integrated graphics editor
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES 2007 Basic
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
integrated graphics editor
Software Update Service
10
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
communication through system interface,
integrated graphics editor
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
10/24
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
• License key on USB stick, Class A
}
• License key download, Class A
}
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2004 and later
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3ZS1312-6CC10-0YA5
1
1 unit
42J
3ZS1312-6CE10-0YB5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1312-6CC10-0YE5
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1312-6CC10-0YD5
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1312-6CC10-0YL5
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Premium
Floating License for one user
Engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through PROFIBUS/PROFINET or system
interface, integrated graphics editor,
STEP7 Object Manager
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through PROFIBUS/PROFINET or
system interface, integrated graphics editor,
STEP7 Object Manager
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES 2007 Standard
Floating license for one user,
engineering software,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through PROFIBUS/PROFINET or
system interface, integrated graphics editor,
STEP7 Object Manager
Software Update Service
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
engineering software,
software and documentation on CD,
communication through PROFIBUS/PROFINET or
system interface, integrated graphics editor,
STEP7 Object Manager
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
10
More information see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/25
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
}
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3ZS1632-1XX02-0YA0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3ZS1632-2XX02-0YB0
1
1 unit
42J
A
3ZS1632-1XX02-0YE0
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Version V8
with Advanced Process Library (APL)
Engineering software V8
For one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the
AS modules in an automation system
(single license), German/English
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating
SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system,
with Advanced Process Library,
for PCS 7 version V8.0
3ZS1632-1XX02-0YA0
Type of delivery:
Software and documentation on CD,
one license for one engineering station,
one license for one automation system
Runtime license V8
For execution of the AS modules in an
automation system (single license)
Required for using the AS modules of the engineering
software V8 within a plant
Type of delivery:
One license for one automation system,
without software and documentation
Upgrade for PCS 7 block library
SIMOCODE pro, V6.0 or V7
to version SIMOCODE pro V8
For one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the
AS modules in an automation system
(single license), German/English
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating
SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system,
with Advanced Process Library,
for PCS 7 version V8.0
10
Type of delivery:
Software and documentation on CD,
one license for one engineering station,
one license for one automation system
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
10/26
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Accessories
Version
DT
Article No.
}
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
3UF7982-0AA10-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7982-0AA11-0
1
1 unit
42J
A
3UF7982-0AA13-0
1
1 unit
42J
}
3UF7982-0AA20-0
1
1 unit
42J
SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Version 7
Engineering software V7
For one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the AS modules
in an automation system (single license),
German/English/French
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating
SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system,
for PCS7 version V7.0/V7.1
3UF7982-0AA00-0
Type of delivery:
Software and documentation on CD,
one license for one engineering station,
one license for one automation system
Runtime license V7
For execution of the AS modules in an automation system
(single license)
Required for using the AS modules of the engineering
software V7 or the engineering software migration V7-V8 on
an additional automation system within a plant
Type of delivery:
One license for one automation system,
without software and documentation
Upgrade for PCS 7 block library
SIMOCODE pro, V6.0 or V6.1
to version SIMOCODE pro V7.0/V7.1
For one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the AS modules
in an automation system (single license),
German/English/French
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating SIMOCODE pro
into the PCS 7 process control system,
for PCS7 version V7.0 or V7.1
Type of delivery:
Software and documentation on CD,
one license for one engineering station,
one license for one automation system
Engineering software migration V7-V8
10
For upgrading (migrating) an existing engineering software
V7 of the SIMOCODE pro block library for PCS 7
Conditions of use:
Availability of the engineering software V7 (license) of the
SIMOCODE pro block library for PCS 7 for the
PCS 7 version V7.0 or V7.1
The engineering software migration V7-V8 can be installed
directly onto a system with PCS 7 version V8.0; installation
of the previous version is unnecessary.
For one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the AS modules
in an automation system (single license),
German/English/French
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating SIMOCODE pro
into the PCS 7 process control system,
for PCS 7 version V8.0
Type of delivery:
software and documentation on CD,
license for upgrading an existing license
for one engineering station and a plant's assigned
runtime licenses
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 10/19.
More information see Chapter 14 "Parameterization,
Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.
Programming and Operating Manual SIMOCODE pro Library for
PCS 7 see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/49963525.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/27
© Siemens AG 2013
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
3UF18 current transformers
for overload protection
■ Overview
The 3UF18 current transformers are protection transformers and
are used for actuating overload relays. Protection transformers
are designed to ensure proportional current transfer up to a multiple of the primary rated current. The 3UF18 current transformers convert the maximum current of the corresponding operating
range into the standard value of 1 A secondary.
■ Selection and ordering data
Mounting type
Operating range
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
A
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
For stand-alone installation
Screw fixing and snap-on
mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail according to
IEC 60715
0.25 … 2.51)
1.25 … 12.51)
2.5 … 251)
12.5 … 50
16 … 65
25 … 100
C
C
C
C
C
C
3UF1843-1BA00
3UF1843-2AA00
3UF1843-2BA00
3UF1845-2CA00
3UF1847-2DA00
3UF1848-2EA00
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
42J
42J
42J
42J
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
3UF1850-3AA00
3UF1852-3BA00
3UF1854-3CA00
3UF1856-3DA00
3UF1857-3EA00
3UF1868-3FA00
3UF1868-3GA00
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
42J
42J
42J
42J
42J
42J
42J
DT
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
D
D
B
B
B
B
3TX7446-0A
3TX7466-0A
3TX7506-0A
3TX7536-0A
3TX7686-0A
3TX7696-0A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
2 units
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
D
D
D
C
C
3TX7466-0B
3TX7506-0B
3TX7536-0B
3TX7686-0B
3TX7696-0B
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
41B
41B
3UF1843
For mounting onto contactors and stand-alone installation
Screw fixing
3UF1868
1)
32 … 130
50 … 200
63 … 250
100 … 400
125 … 500
160 … 630
205 … 820
The following setting ranges for the protection of EEx e motors are
applicable:
3UF1843-1BA00, 0.25 ... 1.25 A;
3UF1843-2AA00, 1.25 ... 6.3 A;
3UF1843-2BA00, 2.5 ... 12.5 A.
10
■ Accessories
For contactor type
Price
per PU
Terminal covers
For transformer/contactor combinations and stand-alone
installation for transformer (cover required per connection
side)
3UF1845
3UF1848
3UF1850, 3UF1852
3UF1854 to 3UF1857
3UF1868-3FA00
3UF1868-3GA00
3TX7466-0A
For covering the screw terminal for direct mounting on
contactor (cover required per contactor/transformer
combination)
3UF1848
3UF1850, 3UF1852
3UF1854 to 3UF1857
3UF1868-3FA00
3UF1868-3GA00
10/28
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
General data
■ Overview
SIPLUS LOGO!
• The control system for use in the toughest ambient conditions
• With extended temperature range from -40/-25 °C to +70 °C
• Use under medial loading (corrosive gas atmosphere)
• Condensation permissible
• With the service-proven PLC technology from LOGO!
• User-friendly handling, programming, maintenance and
service
• Ideal for use in vehicle manufacturing, environmental
engineering, mining, chemical plants, conveyor systems, the
food industry, etc.
LOGO! logic modules
LOGO! logic modules
• The compact, user-friendly, and low-cost solution for simple
control tasks
• Compact, user-friendly, can be used universally without
accessories
• All in one: The display and operator panel are integrated
• 36 different functions can be linked at a press of a button or
with PC software; up to 130 times in total
• Functions can be changed simply with the press of a button.
no complicated rewiring
Accessories:
• With the front panel assembly kit, mounting the logic modules
is easy and safe also in front panels, with degree of protection
IP65 possible.
• To ensure safe operation at a combustion engine battery it may
be necessary to install a SIPLUS upmiter voltage reducer
between the battery and SIPLUS LOGO!.
Information on LOGO! can be found in Catalog ST 70:
www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial
or at
www.siemens.com/siplus-extreme
Brochures to assist in the selection of SIMATIC products can be
found at
www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial
■ Application
LOGO! is universally applicable, e.g.:
• Building installation and wiring (lighting, shutters, awnings,
doors, access control, barriers, ventilation systems, etc.)
• Control cabinet installation
• Machine and device construction (pumps, small presses,
compressors, hydraulic lifts, conveyors, etc.)
• Special controls for conservatories and greenhouses
• Signal preprocessing for other controllers
Marine approvals
American Bureau of Shipping, Bureau Veritas,
Det Norske Veritas, Germanischer Lloyd, Lloyds Register of
Shipping; Polski Rejestr Statków etc.
10
The LOGO! logic module is the user-friendly, low-cost solution
for simple control tasks.
The LOGO! Modular logic modules can be expanded easily for
each application.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/29
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! Modular basic versions
■ Overview
• The space-saving basic versions
• Interface for connecting expansion modules,
max. 24 digital inputs, 16 digital outputs, 8 analog inputs and
2 analog outputs can be addressed
• With connection option for LOGO! TD text display
(can be connected to all LOGO! -0BA6 basic versions)
LOGO! -0BA7 versions
• Ethernet interface for communication with SIMATIC controller,
SIMATIC panel and PC
• Networking of up to 8 LOGO! units
• Use of standard SD card or SIMATIC memory card
LOGO! Modular basic versions
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
LOGO! Modular basic versions (-0BA6)
LOGO! logic modules 24C
A
6ED1052-1CC01-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-1MD00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-1HB00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-1FB00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-1MD00-0BA7
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-1FB00-0BA7
1
1 unit
200
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 to 10 V),
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A,
with integrated time switch;
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
10
LOGO! logic modules 12/24RC
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
LOGO! logic modules 24RC
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
LOGO! logic modules 230RC
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
LOGO! Modular basic versions (-0BA7)
LOGO! logic modules 12/24RCE
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
400 function blocks can be combined,
Ethernet interface,
modular expandability
LOGO! logic modules 230RCE
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
400 function blocks can be combined,
Ethernet interface,
modular expandability
For accessories see page 10/39.
10/30
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic versions
■ Overview
• The space-saving basic versions
• Interface for connecting expansion modules,
max. 24 digital inputs, 16 digital outputs, 8 analog inputs and
2 analog outputs can be addressed
• With connection option for LOGO! TD text display
(can be connected to all LOGO! -0BA6 basic versions)
SIPLUS LOGO! -2BA7 versions
• Ethernet interface for communication with SIMATIC controller,
SIMATIC panel and PC
• Networking of up to 8 LOGO! units
• Use of standard SD card or SIMATIC memory card
Note:
SIPLUS extreme products are based upon Siemens Industry
standard products. The content listed here was taken over from
the relevant standard products. Information specific to
SIPLUS extreme has been added.
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic versions
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic versions (-2BA6) –
extended temperature range and medial loading
D
6AG1052-1CC01-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-1MD00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-1HB00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-1FB00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! 12/24RCE
D
6AG1052-1MD00-2BA7
1
1 unit
470
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 to 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch;
400 function blocks can be combined,
Ethernet interface,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! 230RCE
D
6AG1052-1FB00-2BA7
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! 24
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 to 10 V),
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A,
with integrated time switch;
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! 12/24RC
SIPLUS LOGO! 24RC
10
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC, of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! 230RC
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular basic versions (-2BA7) –
extended temperature range and medial loading
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC, 4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch;
400 function blocks can be combined,
Ethernet interface,
modular expandability
For accessories see page 10/39.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/31
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! Modular pure versions
■ Overview
• The cost-optimized basic versions
• Interface for connecting expansion modules,
max. 24 digital inputs, 16 digital outputs, 8 analog inputs and
2 analog outputs can be addressed
• With connection option for LOGO! TD text display
(can be connected to all LOGO! -0BA6 basic versions)
LOGO! Modular pure versions
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
LOGO! Modular pure versions
LOGO! logic modules 24Co
A
6ED1052-2CC01-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-2MD00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-2HB00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1052-2FB00-0BA6
1
1 unit
200
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC,
of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A;
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
10
LOGO! logic modules 12/24RCo
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC,
of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
LOGO! logic modules 24RCo
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
LOGO! logic modules 230RCo
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
For accessories see page 10/39.
10/32
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular pure versions
■ Overview
• The cost-optimized basic versions
• Interface for connecting expansion modules,
max. 24 digital inputs, 16 digital outputs, 8 analog inputs and
2 analog outputs can be addressed
• With connection option for LOGO! TD text display
(can be connected to all LOGO! -0BA6 basic versions)
Note:
SIPLUS extreme products are based upon Siemens Industry
standard products. The content listed here was taken over from
the relevant standard products. Information specific to
SIPLUS extreme has been added.
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular pure versions
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular pure versions –
extended temperature range and medial loading
SIPLUS LOGO! 24o
D
6AG1052-2CC01-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-2MD00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-2HB00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1052-2FB00-2BA6
1
1 unit
470
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC,
of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A;
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! 12/24RCo
SIPLUS LOGO! 24RCo
10
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 12/24 V DC,
of which 4 can be used as analog inputs (0 ... 10 V),
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
SIPLUS LOGO! 230RCo
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 10 A,
integrated time switch,
without display and keyboard,
200 function blocks can be combined,
modular expandability
For accessories see page 10/39.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/33
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! Modular expansion modules
■ Overview
• Expansion modules for connection to LOGO! Modular
• With digital inputs and outputs, analog inputs or analog outputs
LOGO! Modular expansion modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
LOGO! Modular expansion modules
LOGO! DM8 24
A
6ED1055-1CB00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1CB10-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1MB00-0BA1
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1HB00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1NB10-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1FB00-0BA1
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1FB10-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1MA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1MD00-0BA1
1
1 unit
200
A
6ED1055-1MM00-0BA1
1
1 unit
200
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
4 digital inputs 24 V DC,
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A
LOGO! DM16 24
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC,
8 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A
10
LOGO! DM8 12/24R
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
4 digital inputs 12/24 V DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A
LOGO! DM8 24R
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
4 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A
LOGO! DM16 24R
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital inputs 24 V DC,
8 relay outputs 5 A
LOGO! DM8 230R
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A
LOGO! DM16 230R
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
8 relay outputs 5 A
LOGO! AM2
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
2 analog inputs 0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA,
10 bit resolution
LOGO! AM2 PT 100
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
2 analog inputs PT100,
temperature range -50 °C ... 200 °C
LOGO! AM2 AQ
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
2 analog outputs 0 ... 10 V,
0/4 ... 20 mA
For accessories see page 10/39.
10/34
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular expansion modules
■ Overview
• Expansion modules for connection to LOGO! Modular
• With digital inputs and outputs, analog inputs or analog outputs
Note:
SIPLUS extreme products are based upon Siemens Industry
standard products. The content listed here was taken over from
the relevant standard products. Information specific to
SIPLUS extreme has been added.
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular expansion modules
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
SIPLUS LOGO! Modular expansion modules –
extended temperature range and medial loading
D
6AG1055-1CB00-2BY0
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! DM8 12/24
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
4 digital inputs 12/24 V DC
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A,
Temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1PB00-2BY0
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! DM8 24R
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC,
4 digital inputs 24 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A,
Temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1HB00-2BY0
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! DM8 12/24R
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
4 digital inputs 12/24 V DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1MB00-2BY1
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! DM8 230R
Control supply voltage 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 digital inputs 115/230 V AC/DC,
4 relay outputs 5 A,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1FB00-2BY1
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! AM2
Control supply voltage 12/24 V DC,
2 analog inputs 0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA,
10 bit resolution,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1MA00-2BY0
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! AM2 AQ
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
2 analog inputs 0 ... 10 V, 0/4 ... 20 mA,
10 bit resolution,
temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1MM00-2BY1
1
1 unit
470
SIPLUS LOGO! DM16 24R
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
8 digital outputs 24 V DC,
8 relay outputs 5 A,
temperature range -25 ... +70 °C
D
6AG1055-1NB10-2BA0
1
1 unit
470
10
SIPLUS LOGO! DM8 24
Control supply voltage 24 V DC,
4 digital inputs 24 V DC,
4 digital outputs 24 V DC, 0.3 A,
Temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
For accessories see page 10/39.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/35
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! CM EIB/KNX communication modules
■ Overview
• Expansion module for the LOGO! basic versions
• For communication between the LOGO! master and external
EIB components via EIB
LOGO! CM EIB/KNX communication module
■ Application
The CM EIB/KNX communication module allows communication
between the LOGO! master and external EIB units via EIB. This
module can be used to integrate LOGO! in an EIB system.
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1 unit
470
LOGO! CM EIB KNX communication module
For connection to EIB, control supply voltage 24 V DC
C
6BK1700-0BA00-0AA2
10
For accessories see page 10/39.
10/36
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! CSM unmanaged
■ Overview
Key features of the LOGO! CSM are:
• Unmanaged 4-port switch, of which one port on the front side
is for simple diagnostics access
• Two versions for the voltage ranges 12/24 V DC or
230 V AC/DC
• It is easy to connect via four RJ45 standard plug-in
connections
• Space-saving, optimized for connection to LOGO!
• Economical solution for creating small, local Ethernet networks
• Stand-alone use for networking any number of Ethernet
devices
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
well as in the configuration of modular variants, the SIMATIC NET
Selection Tool is available at:
Online version:
www.siemens.com/snst
LOGO! CSM unmanaged
The module is used for the connection of a LOGO! and up to
three additional nodes to an Industrial Ethernet network with
10/100 Mbit/s in an electrical line, tree or star structure.
Offline version:
www.siemens.com/snst-download
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
LOGO! CSM compact switch module
Unmanaged switch for connection to a LOGO! (-0BA7) and
up to three additional nodes in the Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s; 4 x RJ45 ports; LED diagnostics, LOGO! module
LOGO! CSM 12/24
External 12 V DC or 24 V DC power supply
B
6GK7177-1MA10-0AA0
1
1 unit
5P1
LOGO! CSM 230
External 115 ... 240 V AC power supply
A
6GK7177-1FA10-0AA0
1
1 unit
5P1
10
For accessories see page 10/39.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/37
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
■ Overview
Every LOGO! can now be connected to the AS-Interface system
Using the AS-Interface connection for LOGO!, an intelligent
slave can be integrated in the AS-Interface system. With the
modular interface it becomes possible to integrate the different
basic units in the system according to their functionality.
Similarly, functionalities can be quickly and easily adapted to
new requirements by exchanging the basic unit.
The interface module provides four inputs and four outputs on
the system. These I/Os do not actually exist in hardware terms,
however, but are only virtually present through the interface on
the bus.
AS-Interface connection for LOGO!
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1 unit
42C
AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
Four virtual digital inputs,
four virtual digital outputs
A
3RK1400-0CE10-0AA2
10
For accessories see page 10/39.
10/38
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Article No.
A
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
6ED1055-4MH00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
D
6AG1055-4MH00-2BA0
1
1 unit
470
D
6AG1053-1AA00-2AA0
1
1 unit
470
B
X
C
C
C
C
6ED1050-1AA00-0AE8
6ED1050-1AA00-0BE8
6ED1050-1AA00-0CE8
6ED1050-1AA00-0DE8
6ED1050-1AA00-0EE8
6ED1050-1AA00-0KE8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
200
200
200
200
200
200
LOGO! memory cards
Program module for copying, with know-how protection
A
6ED1056-1DA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
LOGO! battery cards
Battery modules for buffering the integrated real-time clock (not LOGO! 24)
A
6ED1056-6XA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
LOGO! memory/battery cards
Combined program and battery modules, with know-how protection and buffering of
the integrated real-time clock (not LOGO! 24)
A
6ED1056-7DA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
LOGO! PROM
D
Programming units for simultaneous duplication of program module contents on up to
8 program modules
6AG1057-1AA01-0BA6
1
1 unit
470
LOGO! TD text displays
LOGO! TD text displays
4-line text display, for connection to all LOGO! -0BA6 basic and pure versions,
incl. connection cable
SIPLUS LOGO! TD text displays
SIPLUS LOGO! TD text displays
(extended temperature range -10 ... +60 °C and medial loading)
4-line text display, for connection to all LOGO! basic and pure versions
-0BA6 and higher, incl. connection cable
SIPLUS voltage reducers
SIPLUS Upmiter voltage reducers
For safe operation at combustion engine batteries
LOGO! manuals
LOGO! Manual
• German
• English
• French
• Spanish
• Italian
• Chinese
LOGO! Cards (only -0BA6)
A
6ED1057-1AA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
LOGO! USB PC cables
For transferring programs between LOGO! and the PC, incl. drivers on CD-ROM
A
6ED1057-1AA01-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
LOGO! modem cables
Adapter cable for analog modem communication
A
6ED1057-1CA00-0BA0
1
1 unit
200
C
D
C
D
6AG1057-1AA00-0AA0
6AG1057-1AA00-0AA3
6AG1057-1AA00-0AA1
6AG1057-1AA00-0AA2
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
470
470
470
470
LOGO! starter kits 12/24 V
Language-neutral with LOGO! 12/24RC (-0BA6)
A
6ED1057-3BA00-0AA6
1
1 unit
2SP
LOGO! starter kits 230 V
Language-neutral with LOGO! 230RC (-0BA6)
A
6ED1057-3BA02-0AA6
1
1 unit
2SP
LOGO! TD starter kits
Language-neutral with LOGO! 12/24RCo (-0BA6) and LOGO! TD
A
6ED1057-3BA10-0AA6
1
1 unit
2SP
LOGO! starter kits 12/24 V
Language-neutral with LOGO! 12/24RCE (-0BA7) + LOGO! Power 24 V, 1.3 A
A
6ED1057-3BA00-0AA7
1
1 unit
2SP
LOGO! starter kits 230 V
Language-neutral with LOGO! 230RCE (-0BA7)
A
6ED1057-3BA02-0AA7
1
1 unit
2SP
A
A
A
A
A
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
1
1
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
5K1
5K1
5K1
5K1
5K1
A
6GK1901-1FC00 0AA0
1
1 unit
5K1
Front panel assembly kits
Front panel assembly kits
• Width: 4 MW
• Width: 4 MW, with pushbuttons
• Width: 8 MW
• Width: 8 MW, with pushbuttons
LOGO! starter kits (-0BA6)
In TANOS box, with USB cable, LOGO!, LOGO!Soft Comfort V6
LOGO! starter kits (-0BA7)
In TANOS box, with Ethernet cable, LOGO!, LOGO!Soft Comfort V7, WinCC Basic V11
SIMATIC NET cables
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45 connectors
• 0.5 m
•1m
•2m
•6m
• 10 m
IE FC Outlet RJ45
For connection of industrial Ethernet FC cables and TP cords;
scaled pricing from 10 and 50 units
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/39
10
LOGO! cables
LOGO! PC cables
For transferring programs between LOGO! and PC
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO!Contact
■ Overview
Switching module for switching resistive loads and motors
directly
LOGO!Contact
■ Application
LOGO!Contact is a switching module for direct switching of
resistive loads (up to 20 A) and motors (up to 4 kW).
LOGO!Contact operates hum-free without noise pollution.
LOGO!Contact is universally applicable:
• Buildings/electrical installations.
• Industry and commerce.
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
LOGO!Contact
Switching module for direct switching of resistive loads up to 20 A
and motors up to 4 kW
10
Switching voltage:
• 24 V
A
6ED1057-4CA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
200
• 230 V
A
6ED1057-4EA00-0AA0
1
1 unit
200
For accessories see page 10/39.
10/40
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
LOGO! Logic Modules
LOGO! Software
■ Overview
The connection between LOGO! and the PC is made with the
LOGO! PC cable (serial interface) or the LOGO! USB PC cable
(USB interface).
With LOGO! -0BA7 the connection is made via the integrated
Ethernet interface.
Minimum system requirements
Windows 98 SE, NT4.0, ME, 2000, XP (32 bit),
Vista or 7 (32/64 bit)
• Pentium PC.
• 90 Mbyte free on hard disk.
• 64 Mbyte RAM.
• SVGA graphics card with minimum resolution 800x600
(256 colors).
LOGO!Soft Comfort
• The user-friendly software for switching program generation on
the PC
• Switching program generation for function diagrams (FBD) or
contact diagrams (LAD)
• Additional testing, simulation, online testing and archiving of
the switching programs
• Professional documentation with the help of various comment
and print functions
Mac OS X
• Mac OS X 10.4 with J2SE 1.5.0
• Mac OS X 10.5 with J2SE 1.6.0
• PowerMac G3, G4, G4 Cube, iMac, PowerBook G3, G4 or
iBook.
Linux
• Tested with SUSE Linux 10 SP2, Kernel 2.6.16
• Runs on all Linux releases on which Java 2 SDK Version 1.3.1
runs.
• Please consult your Linux release for hardware requirements.
■ Application
LOGO!Soft Comfort is the multilingual software for switching
program generation with LOGO! on the PC. LOGO!Soft Comfort
can be used to program all devices of the LOGO! family.
■ Selection and ordering data
DT
Article No.
A
A
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
6ED1058-0BA02-0YA1
1
1 unit
200
6ED1058-0CA02-0YE1
1
1 unit
200
10
Version
LOGO!Soft Comfort
LOGO!Soft Comfort V7.0
For programming on the PC in LAD/FBD;
runs on Windows 7 (32/64 bit), VISTA, XP, NT 4.0, 2000, 98SE,
Linux and Mac OSX;
on CD-ROM
LOGO!Soft Comfort V 7.0 Upgrade
Upgrade from V1.0 to V7.0
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/41
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
■ Overview
■ Application
Timing relays with ON-delay
• Interference pulse suppression (gating of interference pulses)
• Gradual start-up of motors so as not to overload the power
supply
Timing relays with OFF-delay
• Generation of overtravel functions following removal of voltage
• Gradual, delayed shutdown, e.g. of motors or fans, to allow a
plant to be shut down selectively
Wye-delta timing relay
• Switchover of motors from wye to delta with a dead interval of
50 ms to prevent phase-to-phase short circuits
Multifunctional timing relays
• Maximum flexibility, with a device for every application
7PV15, SIRIUS 3RP15 and SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays
Solid-state timing relays are used in control, starting, and protective circuits for all switching operations involving time delays.
Their fully developed concept and space-saving, compact
design make the SIRIUS 3RP timing relays ideal modules for
control cabinet, switchgear and control manufacturers in the
industry.
With their narrow design, the 7PV15 timing relays are ideal in
particular for use in heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
systems and in compressors. All 7PV15 timing relays in this
enclosure version are suitable for snap-on mounting onto
TH 35 standard mounting rails according to IEC 60175.
The enclosure complies with DIN 43880.
10
■ Benefits
• Clear-cut basic range with five basic units in the case of the
7PV15 timing relays, and seven basic units in the case of the
3RP timing relays
• Logistic advantages provided by versions with wide voltage
range and wire setting range
• No tools required for assembly or disassembly on standard
mounting rails
• Cadmium-free relay contacts
• Recyclable, halogen-free enclosure
• Optimum price/performance ratio
• Versions with logical separation
• Low variance: One design for distribution boards and for
control cabinets
• Compliance with EMC requirements for buildings
• Environmentally friendly laser inscription instead of printing
containing solvents
• Hard gold-plated relay contacts for optimum interplay with
electronic controls
• Timing relays suitable for the 3RT miniature contactors allow
smaller tier spacing
• Positively driven relay contacts
• Versions with screw terminals or alternatively with spring-type
terminals
10/42
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
■ Technical specifications
3RP15 and 3RP20 function table
3RP157.
3RP1555
✓
3RP1540
✓
Contact open
3RP153.
✓
Contact closed
3RP1527
3RP1525
B1)
3RP1505-.A
✓
3RP2025
✓
3RP2005-.A
✓
NSB0_00858
A
✓
NSB0_00859
Timing relay energized
3RP151.
3RP20 timing relay 3RP15 timing relay
and
and 3RP1901 label set
3RP1901 label set
Identification
letter
Function chart
3RP1901-0A
Function
1 CO contact
ON-delay
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
OFF-delay
with control signal
A1/A2
>35 ms
B1/A2
✓
15/18
15/16
t
OFF-delay
without control signal
✓
Observe minimum ON period for correct
operation. For 3RP1540-..W31
Us 24 to 40 V AC/DC: 400 ms and
Us > 40 to 240 V AC/DC: 200 ms.
A1/A2
ON-delay and
OFF-delay
with control signal
(t = ton = toff)
A1/A2
NSB0_00860a
200 ms
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00861
t
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00862
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
✓
✓
D
✓
15/18
15/16
10
NSB0_00863
A1/A2
Interval
Pulse period
NSB0_00864
Passing make contact
C1)
t
t
Clock-pulse,
starting with interval
(dead time, pulse period, and time setting
ranges each separately adjustable)
✓
t
t
Flashing,
starting with interval
(pulse/interval 1:1)
✓
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
✓
✓
E
✓
✓
F1)
✓
✓
G1)
✓
✓
H1)
t
A1/A2
> 35 ms
NSB0_00865
Passing break contact
with control signal
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
Pulse-forming
with control signal
(pulse generation at the output does not
depend on duration of energizing)
A1/A2
Additive ON-delay
with control signal
A1/A2
NSB0_00867
> 35 ms
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t1
t3
t2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00868
t
t
ON-delay
The two-wire timing relay is connected in
series with the load. Timing begins after
application of the exciting voltage.
The semiconductor output then becomes
conducting, and the load is under power.
A1/A2
t
✓ Function available
1)
Note on function with start contact: A new control signal at terminal B,
NSB0_00869a
1 NO contact (semiconductor)
✓
after the operating time has started, resets the operating time to zero. This
does not apply to G and H, which are not retriggerable.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/43
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
2 CO contacts
ON-delay
A1/A2
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
A
✓
NSB0_00871
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
ON-delay
and instantaneous contact
A1/A2
t
21/24
21/22
OFF-delay
with control signal
A!
NSB0_00872
15/18
15/16
A1/A2
✓
B1)
> 35 ms
B1/A2
NSB0_00873
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
OFF-delay
with control signal
and instantaneous contact
A1/A2
B1/A2
NSB0_00874
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
OFF-delay
without control signal
✓
200 ms
A1/A2
NSB0_00875a
15/18
15/16
10
B!1)
> 35ms
25/28
25/26
t
A1/A2
25/28
25/26
t
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
t
✓ Function available
Note on function with start contact: A new control signal at terminal B,
after the operating time has started, resets the operating time to zero
(retriggerable). This does not apply to G, G! and H, H!, which are not
retriggerable.
10/44
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
✓
✓
✓
C1)
t
A1/A2
21/24
21/22
1)
✓
NSB0_00876
15/18
15/16
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal and
instantaneous contact
(t = ton = toff)
✓
B1/A2
NSB0_00877
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal (t = ton = toff)
C!1)
3RP157.
3RP1560
3RP1555
3RP1540
3RP153.
3RP1527
3RP1525
3RP151.
Identification
letter
3RP1901-0A
Contact open
3RP1505-.R
Contact closed
3RP1901-0B
Timing relay energized
3RP15 timing relay
and 3RP1901 label set
3RP1505-.B
3RP20 timing
relay
and 3RP1901
label set
3RP2025
Function chart
3RP2005-.B
Function
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
3RP157.
3RP1560
3RP1555
3RP1540
3RP153.
3RP1527
3RP1525
3RP151.
Identification
letter
3RP1901-0A
Contact open
3RP1505-.R
Contact closed
3RP1901-0B
Timing relay energized
3RP15 timing relay
and 3RP1901 label set
3RP1505-.B
3RP20 timing
relay
and 3RP1901
label set
3RP2025
Function chart
3RP2005-.B
Function
2 CO contacts (continued)
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
A1/A2
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
D
t
D!
NSB0_00879
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
Passing make contact
✓
t
t
Flashing,
starting with interval
(pulse/interval 1:1)
and instantaneous contacts
✓
NSB0_00878
Flashing,
starting with interval
(pulse/interval 1:1)
A1/A2
✓
E
NSB0_00880
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
Passing break contact
with control signal
E!
NSB0_00881
Passing make contact
and instantaneous contact
A1/A2
✓
F1)
> 35ms
B1/A2
NSB0_00882
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
A1/A2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
A1/A2
✓
G1)
> 35ms
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00884
Pulse-forming
with control signal
(pulse generation at the output
does not depend on duration of
energizing)
F!1)
>35ms
NSB0_00883
Passing break contact
with control signal
and instantaneous contact
10
t
25/28
25/26
t
✓ Function available
1)
Note on function with start contact: A new control signal at terminal B, after
the operating time has started, resets the operating time to zero (retriggerable). This does not apply to G, G! and H, H!, which are not retriggerable.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/45
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
3RP157.
3RP1560
3RP1555
3RP1540
3RP153.
3RP1527
3RP1525
3RP151.
Identification
letter
Contact open
3RP1901-0A
Contact closed
3RP1505-.R
3RP2005-.B
Timing relay energized
3RP15 timing relay
and 3RP1901 label set
3RP1901-0B
3RP20 timing
relay
and 3RP1901
label set
3RP1505-.B
Function chart
3RP2025
Function
2 CO contacts (continued)
✓
A1/A2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
Additive ON-delay
with control signal
G!1)
✓
>35ms
NSB0_00885
Pulse-forming
with control signal
and instantaneous contact)
(pulse generation at the output
does not depend on duration of
energizing)
✓
A1/A2
t1
t2
H1)
t3
B1/A2
NSB0_00886
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
A./A2
t1
t3
t2
✓
H!1)
✓
✓
*
B./A2
15/18
15/16
t
21/24
21/22
A1/A2
NSB0_00888
Wye-delta function
✓
NSB0_01381a
Additive ON-delay
with control signal and
instantaneous contact
17/18
27/28
t
50ms
2 NO contacts
A1/A2
10
17/18
t
✓
NSB0_00889
Wye-delta function *
50 ms
3 NO contacts
✓
A1/A2
B1/A2
17/18
50ms
17/28
17/16
t
NSB0_00890
Wye-delta function
with overtravel function2)
(idling)
t
Idling
✓ Function available
1)
Note on function with start contact: A new control signal at terminal B, after
the operating time has started, resets the operating time to zero (retriggerable). This does not apply to G, G! and H, H!, which are not retriggerable.
2)
Function charts showing the various possibilities of operation of the
3RP1560-1S.30, see page 10/50.
10/46
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
7PV15 function table
✓
B1)
7PV1578
✓
Contact open
7PV1558
7PV1511
7PV1512
7PV1513
7PV1518
A
Contact closed
7PV1540
Identification
letter
✓
Timing relay energized
7PV1538
7PV1508-1A
7PV15 timing relays
NSB0_00858
Function chart
NSB0_00859
Function
1 CO contact
ON-delay
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
OFF-delay
with control signal
A1/A2
>35 ms
B1/A2
✓
15/18
15/16
t
OFF-delay
without control signal
✓
NSB0_00860a
200 ms
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
Flashing,
starting with interval
(pulse/interval 1:1)
NSB0_00862
t
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
Passing make contact
A1/A2
✓
NSB0_00863
A1/A2
C
t
t
Clock-pulse,
starting with interval
(dead time, pulse period, and time
setting ranges each separately
adjustable)
✓
15/18
15/16
Interval
NSB0_00864
Pulse period
15/18
15/16
✓
D
✓
E1)
✓
F1)
✓
G1)
A1/A2
> 35 ms
NSB0_00865
Passing break contact
with control signal
10
t
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t
A1/A2
> 35 ms
NSB0_00867
Pulse-forming
with control signal
(pulse generation at the output does
not depend on duration of
energizing)
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
Additive ON-delay
with control signal
A1/A2
t1
t3
t2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00868
t
t
2 NO contacts
✓
NSB_02044
Wye-delta function2)
A1/A2
15/18
25/28
t
0,05...1s
✓ Function available
1)
Note on function with start contact: A new control signal at terminal B,
after the operating time has started, resets the operating time to zero
(retriggerable). This does not apply to E, F and G, which are not
retriggerable.
2)
With 7PV1578 the contacts 16 and 26 are not needed for the wye-delta
function.
Note:
With the 7PV1508-1A multifunction relay the identification letters
A to G are printed on the front alongside the rotary selector
switch of the unit. The related function can be found in the form
of a bar graph on the side of the device.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/47
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
7PV15 timing relays
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
Identification
letter
Function chart
7PV1508-1B
Function
✓
A
✓
B1)
✓
C
✓
D
✓
H1)
✓
F1)
✓
I
2 CO contacts
ON-delay
A1/A2
NSB0_00871
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
OFF-delay
with control signal
A1/A2
> 35 ms
B1/A2
NSB0_00873
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
A1/A2
15/18
15/16
NSB0_00878
Flashing,
starting with interval
(pulse/interval 1:1)
25/28
25/26
t
t
Passing make contact
A1/A2
NSB0_00880
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal
A1/A2
B1/A2
NSB0_00876
15/18
15/16
t
t
Pulse-forming with control signal
(pulse generation at the output does
not depend on duration of
energizing)
A1/A2
> 35ms
B1/A2
NSB0_00884
15/18
15/16
25/28
25/26
t
Fixed pulse
after ON-delay
A1/A2
NSB0_00888
10
25/28
25/26
17/18
27/28
t
50ms
✓ Function available
1)
Note on function with start contact: A new control signal at terminal B,
after the operating time has started, resets the operating time to zero.
This does not apply to F, which is not retriggerable.
Note:
With the 7PV1508-1B multifunction relay the identification letters
A to D, F, H and I are printed on the front alongside the rotary
selector switch of the unit. The related function can be found in
the form of a bar graph on the side of the device.
10/48
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
3RT1926 function table
Contact open
Contactor coil energized
3RT1926-2G
Contact closed
3RT1926-2F
Timing relay energized
3RT1926-2E
3RT1926 timing relay
3RT1926-2D
Function chart
3RT1926-2C
Function
1 NO contact + 1 NC contact
A1/A2
✓
NSB0_00936
ON-delay
-7/-8
-5/-6
t
✓
>200 ms
A1/A2
NSB0_00937
OFF-delay
without control signal
-7/-8
-5/-6
t
2 NO contacts
A1/A2
✓
NSB0_00938
Wye-delta function
1 NO delayed,
1 NO instantaneous,
dead time 50 ms
(varistor integrated)
Y -7/-8
-7/-8
t
50 ms
1 NO contact (semiconductor)
✓
A1/A2
Timing relay
NSB0_0939a
ON-delay
Two-wire design
(varistor integrated)
t
A1/A2
Contactor
A1/A2
Timing relay
B1/A2
> 35 ms
A1/A2
Contactor
✓
NSB0_0940a
OFF-delay
with control signal
(varistor integrated)
t
10
✓ Function available
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/49
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
General data
3RP15 function table
Possibilities of operation of the 3RP1560-1S.30 timing relay
Operation 1:
Start contact B./A2 is open when control supply voltage
A./A2 is applied.
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
tY
= Star time
1 ... 20 s
tIdling
= Idling time (coasting time)
30 ... 600 s
The control supply voltage is applied to A./A2 and there is no control
signal on B./A2. This starts the * timing. The idling time
(coasting time) is started by applying a control signal to B./A2.
When the set time tIdling (30 ... 600 s) has elapsed, the output relays
(17/16 and 17/28) are reset. If the control signal on B./A2 is switched off
(minimum OFF period 270 ms), a new timing is started.
Operation 1
A./A2
Remarks:
Observe response time (dead time) of 400 ms on energizing control
supply voltage until contacts 17/18 and 17/16 close.
B./A2
17/18
Y
Operation 2:
Start contact B./A2 is closed when control supply voltage
A./A2 is applied.
NSB0_00891b
17/28
17/16
tY
50
ms
t Idling
tY
50
ms
300
ms
t Idling
If the control signal B./A2 is already present when the control supply
voltage A./A2 is applied, no timing is started. The timing is only started
when the control signal B./A2 is switched off.
Operation 3:
Start contact B./A2 closes while star time is running.
If the control signal B./A2 is applied again during the star time,
the idling time starts and the timing is terminated normally.
Operation 2
A./A2
Operation 4:
Start contact B./A2 opens while delta time is running and is applied
again.
B./A2
If the control signal on B./A2 is applied and switched off again during
the delta time, although the idling time has not yet elapsed, the idling
time (coasting time) is reset to zero. If the control signal is re-applied to
B./A2, the idling time is restarted.
17/18
Y
NSB0_00892b
17/28
17/16
tY
50
ms
Frequent starting of compressors strains the network, the machine, and
the increased costs for the operator. The new timing relay prevents
frequent starting at times when there is high demand for compressed
air. A special control circuit prevents the compressor from being
switched off immediately when the required air pressure in the tank has
been reached. Instead, the valve in the intake tube is closed and the
compressor runs in "Idling" mode, i.e. in no-load operation for a specific
time which can be set from 30 ... 600 s.
t Idling
Operation 3
A./A2
B./A2
If the pressure falls within this time, the motor does not have to be
restarted again, but can return to nominal load operation from no-load
operation.
17/18
Y
If the pressure does not fall within this idling time, the motor is switched
off.
The pressure switch controls the timing via B./A2.
NSB0_00893b
17/28
17/16
tY
50
ms
t Idling
Operation 4
A./A2
B./A2
17/18
Y
17/28
17/16
tY
50
ms
<t Idling
<t Idling
t Idling
Note:
The following applies to all operations: The pressure switch controls the timing
via B./A2.
10/50
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
The control supply voltage is applied to A./A2 and the start contact
B./A2 is open, i.e. there is no control signal on B./A2 when the control
supply voltage is applied. The pressure switch signals "too little
pressure in system" and starts the timing by way of terminal B./A2. The
compressor is started, enters * operation, and fills the pressure tank.
When the pressure switch signals "sufficient pressure", the control signal
B./A2 is applied, the idling time (coasting time) is started, and the
compressor enters no-load operation for the set period of time
from 30 ... 600 s. The compressor is then switched off. The compressor
is only restarted if the pressure switch responds again (low pressure).
NSB0_00894c
10
Application example based on standard operation
(operation 1): For example, use of 3RP1560 for compressor control
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP15 timing relays
in industrial enclosure, 22.5 mm
■ Overview
Accessories
LED for indicating
"Timing relay on voltage"
Operating time
adjustment
LED for indicating
"Relay switched"
Time setting range
selector switch
Inspection window
for set time range
Function switch
Inspection window
for set function
Device labeling plate
Push-in lugs for screw fixing
NSB0_01423b
SIRIUS 3RP15 timing relays
Standards
The timing relays comply with:
• IEC 60721-3-3 "Ambient conditions"
• IEC 61812-1 "Specified time relays for industrial use"
• IEC 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 "Electromagnetic
compatibility"
• IEC 60947-5-1 "Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear –
Electromechanical control circuit devices"
L1
L1
K1
B1
A1
K2
A2
K1
N
S1
Label set for marking the multifunction relay
B1
Note:
K1
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is not
permissible when using AC control voltage (see diagrams).
N
NSB0_02045
NSB0_00895a
Diagrams
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 5th
@@@@@
6th 7th
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
A
4
0
Timing relays in industrial enclosure, 22.5 mm 3 R P 1 5
Functions/time setting ranges
@
Connection type
@
Contacts
Rated control supply voltage
Example
3RP15
0
5
–
1
A
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/51
10
S1
A1
K2
A2
Sealable covers
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP15 timing relays
in industrial enclosure, 22.5 mm
■ Application
Timing relays are used in control, starting, and protective circuits
for all switching operations involving time delays. They guarantee a high level of functionality and a high repeat accuracy of
timer settings.
Enclosure version
All timing relays are suitable for snap-on mounting onto
TH 35 standard mounting rails according to IEC 60715 or for
screw fixing.
■ Technical specifications
3RP1505, 3RP151.,
3RP1525, 3RP153.,
3RP154., 3RP155.,
3RP156., 3RP157.
mm
mm
22.5 x 83 x 90
22.5 x 84 x 90
mm
mm
22.5 x 102 x 110
22.5 x 103 x 110
V AC
300;
500 at 3RP1505-1BT20, 3RP157.-.NM20
°C
°C
-25 ... +60
-40 ... +80
W
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree 3, overvoltage category III
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
Operating range at excitation1)
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us at V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz
0.8 ... 1.25 x Us 24 V DC
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
Rated operational current Ie
• Load current
• AC-15 at 24 ... 400 V, 50 Hz
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
A
-32)
0.01 … 0.6
--
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
----
A
5
--
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles
30 x 106
100 x 106
Electrical endurance
Operating cycles at Ie
1 x 105
100 x 106
Uninterrupted thermal current Ith
Connection type
10
3RP1527
D
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• For 2 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
• For 4 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
H
Type
•
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Tightening torque
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded, with end sleeves acc. to DIN 46228
Finely stranded
AWG cables, solid or stranded
1)
If nothing else is stated.
2)
For 3RP1505-.R: NC contact ➞ Ie = 1 A.
10/52
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5)/2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
0.8 … 1.2
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP15 timing relays
in industrial enclosure, 22.5 mm
3RP15 internal circuit diagrams (terminal designation according to DIN 46199-5)
15
A2
16 18
Load
A2
3RP1527
3RP1540-.A
24 ... 66 V AC/DC, 90 ... 240 V AC/DC OFF-delay
ON-delay,
without control signal
two-wire design
24 V AC/DC
A2
16 18
26 28
3RP1505-.B, 3RP1525-1B
ON-delay, 3RP1525-1B
also for 42 ... 48/60 V AC/DC
(see page 10/54, 3RP1525-1BR30)
A2
16 18
25
26 28
3RP1505-.B
OFF-delay with control signal
16 18
26 28
3RP1505-.B
Passing make contact
A1 B1 A3 B3
A2
A2
16 18
25
26 28
15
25
16 18 26 28
3RP1505-.B
Passing break contact
with control signal
16 18
3RP1505-.B
Pulse-forming
with control signal
15
A2
25
16 18
26 28
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
15
25
16 18
26 28
A1 B1 A3 B3
A2
A1 A3
3RP1505-.B
Flashing
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00914a
25
NSB0_00913a
15
A1 A3
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
A2
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
3RP1505-.B
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
A2
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
15
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
NSB0_00910a
25
NSB0_00909a
15
A1 B1
3RP1505-.AW30
Multifunction relay
(same functions as 3RP1505-1A)
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
A1 A3
16 18
3RP1555
Clock-pulse relay
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
15
A1 A3
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
10
A1
~
U
16 18
3RP1505-.A
Additive ON-delay
with control signal
24 V AC/DC
42 ... 48 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00906b
NSB0_00905a
A1+
A2
3RP1505-.A
Pulse-forming
with control signal
24 V AC/DC
100 ... 127 V AC/DC
200 ... 240 V AC/DC
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
24 ... 66 V AC/DC
90 ... 240 V AC/DC
Σ
NSB0_00908a
3RP1505-.A
Passing break contact
with control signal
16 18
NSB0_00904a
A2
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
NSB0_00912a
3RP1505-.A
Passing make contact
16 18
15
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
A2
21
16 18 22 24
NSB0_00916a
A2
A1 B1 A3 B3
~
16 18
15
NSB0_00902a
A2
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
A1 B1 A3 B3
NSB0_00901a
15
3RP1505-.A
Flashing
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
A1 A3
~
3RP1505-.A
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
16 18
A2
~
3RP1505-.A, 3RP153.-.A
OFF-delay
with control signal
16 18
15
NSB0_00900a
A2
NSB0_00903a
3RP1505-.A, 3RP151., 3RP1525-.A
ON-delay
16 18
A1 A3
NSB0_00899a
A2
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
NSB0_00911a
16 18
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00915a
A2
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00898a
15
NSB0_00897a
A1 A3
A2
24V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00907a
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
3RP1505-.B
Additive ON-delay
with control signal and
instantaneous contact
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/53
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP15 timing relays
in industrial enclosure, 22.5 mm
3RP15 internal circuit diagrams (terminal designation according to DIN 46199-5) continued
24 V AC/DC
3RP1505-.B
ON-delay
and instantaneous contact
22 24
3RP1505-.B
OFF-delay
with control signal
and instantaneous contact
22 24
3RP1505-.B
Passing make contact
and instantaneous contact
22 24
A2
16 18
21
22 24
3RP1505-.B
Passing break contact
with control signal
and instantaneous contact
A2
21
15
A1 B1 A3 B3
16 18
22 24
Y18 28
16
3RP1560-. S
Wye-delta timing relay
with overtravel function (idling)
10/54
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
A1 A3
17
A2
NSB0_00929b
26 28
16 18
Y18 d28
3RP157.-.M20
Wye-delta timing relay
A1
15
27
A1 A3
17
Y18 d28
3RP1574, 3RP1576
Wye-delta timing relay
25
16 18 26 28
3RP1540-.B
OFF-delay
without control signal
24 V AC/DC
A2
17
Y18 d28
A2
A2
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
380/440 V AC
17
A2
25
3RP1525-. BW30
ON-delay
NSB0_01623a
A2
26 28
200/240 V AC
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
A1 B1 A3 B3
16 18
3RP1525-. BR30
ON-delay
NSB0_00930b
10
3RP1505-.BW30/-1BT20/-.RW30
Multifunction relay
(functions see function table)
A2
15
NSB0_00925a
16 18 22/26 24/28
25
NSB0_00928a
NSB0_00927b
A2
A1
15
A1 A3
24 V AC/DC
100 ... 127 V AC/DC
200 ... 240 V AC/DC
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
A1 A3
22 24
3RP1505-.B
Wye-delta function
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
A1 B1
16 18
24 V AC/DC
42 ... 48 V AC/DC
21/25/27
21
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
3RP1505-.B
Pulse-forming
with control signal
and instantaneous contact
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
400/440 V AC
15/17
A2
24 V AC/DC
15
A1 B1 A3 B3
15
3RP1505-.B
Flashing
and instantaneous contact
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00922a
16 18
21
NSB0_00921a
15
16 18
3RP1505-.B
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal
and instantaneous contact
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
A1 A3
A2
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
A2
16 18
A1 A3
NSB0_00920a
A2
21
NSB0_00924a
22 24
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
NSB0_00926b
16 18
21
NSB0_00919a
A2
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00923a
21
NSB0_00918a
15
NSB0_00917a
A1 A3
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
~
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP15 timing relays
in industrial enclosure, 22.5 mm
■ Selection and ordering data
Solid-state timing relays for general use in control systems and
mechanical engineering with:
• 1 or 2 CO contacts
• Single or selectable time setting ranges
• Switch position indication and voltage indication by LED
3RP1505-1BP30
Version
3RP1511-1AP30
3RP1525-1BW30
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3RP1527-1EM30
Time setting range Rated control supply voltage Us
t adjustable by
rotary switch to
50/60 Hz AC
DC
3RP1505-2BP30
DT Screw terminals
Article No.
V
3RP1511-2AP30
V
DT
Price
per PU
3RP1525-2BW30
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
3RP1505 timing relays, multifunction, 15 time setting ranges
The functions can be adjusted by means of rotary switches. Insert labels can be used to adjust different functions of the 3RP1505 timing relay clearly and
unmistakably. The corresponding labels can be ordered as an accessory. The same potential must be applied to terminals A. and B. For functions see
3RP1901 label set, page 10/67.
With LED and:
1 CO contact,
8 functions
0.05 ... 1 s
0.15 ... 3 s
0.5 ... 10 s
1.5 ... 30 s
0.05 ... 1 min
2 CO contacts,
5 ... 100 s
16 functions
0.15 ... 3 min
0.5 ... 10 min
1.5 ... 30 min
2 CO contacts,
0.05 ... 1 h
positively driven and 5 ... 100 min
hard gold-plated.
0.15 ... 3 h
8 functions3)4)
0.5 ... 10 h
1.5 ... 30 h
5 ... 100 h
 1)
-24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24 ... 2405)
12
24
24
24 ... 2402)
A
}
}
}
3RP1505-1AA40
3RP1505-1AQ30
3RP1505-1AP30
3RP1505-1AW30
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24 ... 2405)
400 ... 440
24
24
24 ... 2402)
--
}
}
}
A
3RP1505-1BQ30
3RP1505-1BP30
3RP1505-1BW30
3RP1505-1BT20
A
A
A
3RP1505-2BQ30
3RP1505-2BP30
3RP1505-2BW30
--
24 ... 240
24 ... 240
}
3RP1505-1RW30
A
3RP1505-2RW30
C
A
A
-3RP1505-2AQ30
3RP1505-2AP30
3RP1505-2AW30
0.5 ... 10 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
}
}
3RP1511-1AQ30
3RP1511-1AP30
C
A
3RP1511-2AQ30
3RP1511-2AP30
1.5 ... 30 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
}
}
3RP1512-1AQ30
3RP1512-1AP30
C
A
3RP1512-2AQ30
3RP1512-2AP30
5 ... 100 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
}
}
3RP1513-1AQ30
3RP1513-1AP30
C
A
3RP1513-2AQ30
3RP1513-2AP30
10
3RP151. timing relays, ON-delay, 1 time setting range
With LED and
1 CO contact
3RP1525 timing relays, ON-delay, 15 time setting ranges
With LED and:
1 CO contact
2 CO contacts
0.05 ... 1 s
0.15 ... 3 s
0.5 ... 10 s
1.5 ... 30 s
0.05 ... 1 min
5 ... 100 s
0.15 ... 3 min
0.5 ... 10 min
1.5 ... 30 min
0.05 ... 1 h
5 ... 100 min
0.15 ... 3 h
0.5 ... 10 h
1.5 ... 30 h
5 ... 100 h
 1)
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
}
}
3RP1525-1AQ30
3RP1525-1AP30
B
A
3RP1525-2AQ30
3RP1525-2AP30
42 ... 48/60
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24 ... 2405)
42 ... 48/605)
24
24
24 ... 2402)
A
}
}
}
3RP1525-1BR30
3RP1525-1BQ30
3RP1525-1BP30
3RP1525-1BW30
C
A
A
-3RP1525-2BQ30
3RP1525-2BP30
3RP1525-2BW30
3RP1527-1EC30
3RP1527-1EM30
C
C
3RP1527-2EC30
3RP1527-2EM30
3RP1527 timing relays, ON-delay, two-wire design, 4 time setting ranges
1 NO contact
(semiconductor)
0.05 ... 1 s
0.2 ... 4 s
1.5 ... 30 s
12 ... 240 s
24 ... 66
90 ... 240
24 ... 665)
90 ... 2405)
A
}
1)
With switch position  no timing. For test purposes (ON/OFF function) on
site. Relay is constantly on when activated, or relay remains constantly off
when activated. Depending on which function is set.
3)
Positively driven: NO and NC contacts are never closed simultaneously;
contact gap 0.5 mm is ensured, minimum make-break capacity 12 V,
3 mA.
2)
Operating range 0.7 to 1.1 x Us.
4)
The changeover contacts are actuated simultaneously, as a result of which
only 8 functions are selectable (no wye-delta, no instantaneous contact).
5)
Operating range 0.8 to 1.1 x Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/55
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP15 timing relays
in industrial enclosure, 22.5 mm
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1, PS* = 1 unit, PG = 41H
,
3RP1533-1AP30
3RP1540-1BB31
Version
Time setting range Rated control supply voltage Us
t adjustable by
rotary switch to
50/60 Hz AC
DC
3RP1560-1SP30
3RP1555-1AP30
DT
3RP1576-2NP30
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
3RP1533-2AP30
V
Price
per PU
3RP1540-2BB31
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
3RP153. timing relays, OFF-delay, with control signal,
1 time setting range
With LED and
1 CO contact
The same potential
must be applied to
terminals A and B
0.5 ... 10 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
A
}
3RP1531-1AQ30
3RP1531-1AP30
B
B
3RP1531-2AQ30
3RP1531-2AP30
1.5 ... 30 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
A
}
3RP1532-1AQ30
3RP1532-1AP30
C
A
3RP1532-2AQ30
3RP1532-2AP30
5 ... 100 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
A
}
3RP1533-1AQ30
3RP1533-1AP30
B
B
3RP1533-2AQ30
3RP1533-2AP30
3RP1540 timing relays, OFF-delay, without control signal,
9 time setting ranges1)
With LED and:
1 CO contact
2 CO contacts
0.05 ... 1 s
0.15 ... 3 s
0.3 ... 6 s
0.5 ... 10 s
1.5 ... 30 s
3 ... 60 s
5 ... 100 s
15 ... 300 s
30 ... 600 s
24
100 ... 127
200 ... 240
24 ... 240
242)
100 ... 127
200 ... 240
24 ... 240
}
}
}
}
3RP1540-1AB31
3RP1540-1AJ31
3RP1540-1AN31
3RP1540-1AW31
A
A
A
C
3RP1540-2AB31
3RP1540-2AJ31
3RP1540-2AN31
3RP1540-2AW31
24
100 ... 127
200 ... 240
24 ... 240
242)
100 ... 127
200 ... 240
24 ... 40
}
A
}
}
3RP1540-1BB31
3RP1540-1BJ31
3RP1540-1BN31
3RP1540-1BW31
A
C
B
A
3RP1540-2BB31
3RP1540-2BJ31
3RP1540-2BN31
3RP1540-2BW31
C
}
}
3RP1555-1AR30
3RP1555-1AQ30
3RP1555-1AP30
C
C
A
3RP1555-2AR30
3RP1555-2AQ30
3RP1555-2AP30
24
24
A
}
3RP1560-1SQ30
3RP1560-1SP30
C
3RP1560-2SP30
3RP1555 timing relays, clock-pulse relay, 15 time setting ranges
0.05 ... 1 s
0.15 ... 3 s
0.5 ... 10 s
1.5 ... 30 s
0.05 ... 1 min
5 ... 100 s
0.15 ... 3 min
0.5 ... 10 min
1.5 ... 30 min
0.05 ... 1 h
5 ... 100 min
0.15 ... 3 h
0.5 ... 10 h
1.5 ... 30 h
5 ... 100 h
 3)
10
With LED and
1 CO contact
42 ... 48/60
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
42...48/604)
24
24
3RP1560 timing relays, wye-delta function,
dead interval 50 ms and coasting time, 1 time setting range
3 NO contacts
(common contact
root connecting
terminal 17)
Wyedelta
1 ... 20 s ,
coasting time
(idling)
30 ... 600 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
--
3RP157. timing relays, wye-delta function5),
dead interval 50 ms, 1 time setting range
1 NO contact
instantaneous and
1 NO contact
delayed
(common contact
root connecting
terminal 17)
1 ... 20 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
200 ... 240/
380 ... 440
24
24
--
}
}
B
3RP1574-1NQ30
3RP1574-1NP30
3RP1574-1NM20
C
A
C
3RP1574-2NQ30
3RP1574-2NP30
3RP1574-2NM20
3 ... 60 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
200 ... 240/
380 ... 440
24
24
--
}
}
C
3RP1576-1NQ30
3RP1576-1NP30
3RP1576-1NM20
A
A
C
3RP1576-2NQ30
3RP1576-2NP30
3RP1576-2NM20
For accessories see page 10/67.
1)
Setting of output contacts in as-supplied state not defined (bistable relay).
Application of the control voltage once results in contact changeover to the
correct setting.
2)
Operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us.
3)
With switch position  no timing. For test purposes (ON/OFF function) on
site. For dead time "infinite", the relay is always off. For pulse time "infinite",
the relay is always on.
10/56
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
4)
Operating range 0.8 to 1.1 x Us.
5)
Example circuits see
Reference Manual for "Monitoring and Control Devices",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/35846532.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
■ Overview
Note:
LED for indicating
"Timing relay excited"
(left)
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is not
permissible when using AC control voltage (see diagrams).
LED for indicating
"Relay switched"
(right)
Function
switch
Time setting
range selector
switch
Time setting
range adjuster,
analog
Device labeling
plate
L1
L1
S1
K1
S1
NSB0_01424c
A1
K2
A2
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays
B1
A1
K2
A2
K1
N
B1
K1
N
NSB0_02045
NSB0_00895a
Standards
Diagrams
The timing relays comply with:
• IEC 60721-3-3 "Ambient conditions"
• IEC 61812-1 "Specified time relays for industrial use"
• IEC 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 "Electromagnetic
compatibility"
• IEC 60947-5-1 "Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear –
Electromechanical control circuit devices"
• IEC 61140 "Electrical protective separation"
Accessories
Label set for marking the multifunction relay
Article No. scheme
1st - 5th
@@@@@
SIRIUS timing relays, enclosure 45 mm
6th 7th
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
P
3
0
3RP20
Functions/time setting ranges
@
Connection type
@
Contacts
Rated control supply voltage
Example
@
10
Digit of the Article No.
3RP20
0
5
–
1
A
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Application
Timing relays are used in control, starting, and protective circuits
for all switching operations involving time delays. They guarantee a high level of functionality and a high repeat accuracy of
timer settings.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/57
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RP2005,
3RP2025
mm
45 x 57 x 73
V AC
300
°C
°C
-25 ... +60
-40 ... +80
W
D
H
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
Operating range at excitation1)
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us at AC; 0.8 ... 1.25 x Us at DC;
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles
30 x 106
Electrical endurance
Operating cycles at Ie
1 x 105
Connection type
•
•
•
•
•
•
Screw terminals
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Stranded
AWG cables
Tightening torque
mm2
mm2
AWG
AWG
Nm
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)2), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)2), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2)
2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)2), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)2)
2 x (18 ... 14)
0.8 … 1.2
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
•
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
mm
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded without end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Max. external diameter of the conductor insulation
2 x (0.25 ... 2.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 2.5)
2 x (24 ... 14)
3.6
1)
If nothing else is stated.
2)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.
3RP20 internal circuit diagrams (terminal designation according to DIN 46199-5)
3RP2005, 3RP2025
ON-delay
3RP2005
Passing make contact
10/58
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
A1 B1 A3 B3
A2
3RP2005
Passing break contact
with control signal
15
16 18
A1 B1 A3 B3
A2
3RP2005
Pulse-forming
with control signal
15
16 18
~
15
A2
16 18
NSB0_00900a
A1 A3
3RP2005
Flashing
24 V AC/DC
NSB0_00902a
16 18
16 18
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
15
A2
3RP2005
ON-delay and OFF-delay
with control signal
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
A2
16 18
3RP2005
OFF-delay
with control signal
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
A1 A3
A2
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
NSB0_00899a
16 18
A1 B1 A3 B3 15
NSB0_00903a
A2
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00898a
15
NSB0_00897a
A1 A3
24 V AC/DC
24V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
NSB0_00901a
10
24 V AC/DC
100/127 V AC
200/240 V AC
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP20 timing relays, 45 mm
■ Selection and ordering data
Multifunction
The functions can be adjusted by means of rotary switches.
Insert labels can be used to adjust different functions of the
3RP2005 timing relay clearly and unmistakably.
The corresponding labels can be ordered as an accessory.
The same potential must be applied to terminals A. and B.
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
For functions see 3RP1901 label set, page10/67.
3RP2005-1BW30
Version
3RP2025-1AP30
Time setting
range t
3RP2005-2BW30
Rated control supply voltage Us
50/60 Hz AC
DC
V
V
3RP2025-2AP30
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
3RP2005 timing relays, multifunction, 15 time setting ranges
With LED and
1 CO contact,
8 functions
With LED and
2 CO contacts,
16 functions1)
0.05 ... 1 s
0.15 ... 3 s
0.5 ... 10 s
1.5 ... 30 s
0.05 ... 1 min
5 ... 100 s
0.15 ... 3 min
0.5 ... 10 min
1.5 ... 30 min
0.05 ... 1 h
5 ... 100 min
0.15 ... 3 h
0.5 ... 10 h
1.5 ... 30 h
5 ... 100 h
 2)
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
}
}
3RP2005-1AQ30
3RP2005-1AP30
A
}
3RP2005-2AQ30
3RP2005-2AP30
24 ... 2403)
24 ... 2404)
}
3RP2005-1BW30
A
3RP2005-2BW30
}
}
3RP2025-1AQ30
3RP2025-1AP30
}
}
3RP2025-2AQ30
3RP2025-2AP30
0.05 ... 1 s
0.15 ... 3 s
0.5 ... 10 s
1.5 ... 30 s
0.05 ... 1 min
5 ... 100 s
0.15 ... 3 min
0.5 ... 10 min
1.5 ... 30 min
0.05 ... 1 h
5 ... 100 min
0.15 ... 3 h
0.5 ... 10 h
1.5 ... 30 h
5 ... 100 h
 2)
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
10
3RP2025. timing relays, ON-delay, 15 time setting ranges
With LED and
1 CO contact1)
For accessories see page 10/67.
1)
Units with electrical protective separation.
2)
With switch position  no timing. For test purposes (ON/OFF function) on
site. Relay is constantly on when activated, or relay remains constantly off
when activated. Depending on which function is set.
3)
Operating range 0.8 to 1.1 x Us.
4)
Operating range 0.7 to 1.1 x Us.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/59
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure, 17.5 mm
■ Overview
Enclosure version
All timing relays are suitable for snap-on mounting onto
TH 35 standard mounting rails according to IEC 60715.
The enclosure complies with DIN 43880, 1 MW.
67
45
67,5
90,5
17,5
NSB0_02042a
5
7PV15 timing relay
43
Dimensions
Standards
Note:
The timing relays comply with:
• IEC 60721-3-3 "Classification of environmental conditions"
• IEC 61812-1 "Time relays for industrial and residential use"
• IEC 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 "Electromagnetic
compatibility"
• IEC 60947-5-1 "Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear –
Electromechanical control circuit devices"
• DIN 43880 "Built-in equipment for electrical installations;
overall dimensions and related mounting dimensions"
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is not
permissible when using AC control voltage (see diagrams).
L1
L1
S1
A1
K2
A2
K1
B1
A1
K2
A2
K1
N
S1
B1
K1
N
NSB0_00895a
10
25
NSB0_02045
Diagrams
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 5th
@@@@@
6th 7th
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
W
3
0
Timing relays in industrial enclosure, 17.5 mm 7 P V 1 5
Functions/time setting ranges
@
Connection type
@
Contacts
Rated control supply voltage
Example
7PV15
0
8
–
1
A
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
Wide voltage range 12 to 240 V AC/DC
High switching capacity, e.g. AC-15 at 230 V, 3 A
Combination voltage, e.g. 24 V AC/DC and 200 to 240 V AC
Changes to the time setting range during operation
Changes to the function in the de-energized state
■ Application
Timing relays are used in control, starting and protective circuits
for all switching operations involving time delays, e.g. in
non-residential buildings, airports, industrial buildings etc.
10/60
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
• High level of functionality and a high repeat accuracy of timer
settings
• Integrated surge suppressor
• Function charts printed on the side of the device for reliable
device adjustment
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure, 17.5 mm
■ Technical specifications
Type
7PV15
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree 2, overvoltage category III
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
V AC
300
°C
°C
-25 ... +55
-40 ... +70
Operating range at excitation1)
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us at V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz
0.8 ... 1.25 x Us 24 V DC
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
Rated operational current Ie
• AC-15 at 24 ... 240 V, 50 Hz
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
Uninterrupted thermal current Ith
A
3
A
A
1
0.2
A
5
Mechanical endurance
Operating cycles
1 x 106
Electrical endurance
Operating cycles at Ie
1 x 105
Connection type
•
•
•
•
•
•
1)
Screw terminals
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Finely stranded without end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Tightening torque
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.2 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
1 x (0.2 ... 1.5)
1 x (24 ... 14)
0.4 … 0.5
If nothing else is stated.
7PV15 internal circuit diagrams (terminal designation according to DIN 46199-5)
16 18
7PV1508-1AW30
Passing break contact
with control signal
B1 A1
15
A2
16 18
7PV1508-1AW30
Pulse-forming
with control signal
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
A2
16 18 26 28
A1
15
A2
16 18 26 28
7PV1508-1BW30
Flashing,
starting with interval
25
B1 A1
15
A2
16 18
IC01_00058
18
A1
15
25
A2
16 18 26 28
7PV1508-1BW30
ON-delay
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
A1
15
A2
16 18 26 28
7PV1508-1BW30
Passing make contact
16
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
IC01_00061
25
IC01_00063
15
A2
7PV1508-1AW30
Passing make contact
7PV1508-1AW30
Additive ON-delay,
with control signal
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
B1 A1
18
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
IC01_00059
A2
IC01_00055
15
16
7PV1508-1AW30
Flashing, starting with interval
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
B1 A1
A2
15
10
7PV1508-1AW30
OFF-delay
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
7PV1508-1BW30
OFF-delay
with control signal
16 18
A1
IC01_00060
7PV1508-1AW30
ON-delay
A2
15
IC01_00054
18
A1
IC01_00056
16
15
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
25
B1 A1 15
IC01_00064
A2
B1 A1
IC01_00057
15
IC01_00053
A1
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
A3
25
16 18 26 28
IC01_00062
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
7PV1508-1BW30
Pulse-forming
with control signal
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/61
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure, 17.5 mm
7PV15 internal circuit diagrams (terminal designation according to DIN 46199-5) continued
7PV1508-1BW30
ON and OFF-delay
7PV1508-1BW30
Fixed pulse
after ON-delay
15
A2
16
18
IC01_00069
A1
7PV1518-1AW30
ON-delay
B1 A1
15
A2
16
7PV1538-1AW30
OFF-delay
with control signal
A1
15
25
A2
18
28
IC01_00073
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
10
7PV1578-1BW30
Wye-delta
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
A2
16
18
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
18
A1
15
A2
16
7PV1540-1AW30
OFF-delay
without control signal
18
B1 A1
15
A2
16
18
IC01_00068
15
7PV151.-1AQ30, 7PV151.-1AP30
ON-delay
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
10/62
16 18 26 28
A1 A3
7PV1518-1AJ30, 7PV1518-1AN30
ON-delay
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
A1
15
A2
16
7PV1558-1AW30
Clock-pulse relay
18
IC01_00072
A2
25
IC01_00067
16 18 26 28
15
IC01_00066
A1
25
90 ... 240 V AC/DC
180 ... 240 V AC/DC
100 ... 127 V AC
200 ... 240 V AC
IC01_00070
A2
15
IC01_00065
B1 A1
24 V AC/DC
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
IC01_00071
12 ... 240 V AC/DC
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
7PV15 timing relays in enclosure, 17.5 mm
■ Selection and ordering data
•
•
•
•
Solid-state timing relays for general use and in control systems,
mechanical engineering and infrastructure with:
• 1 or 2 CO contacts
7PV1508-1AW30
Version
7PV1512-1AP30
7PV1518-1AW30
Time setting range t
adjustable by rotary
switch to
Multifunction or monofunction
Wide voltage range or combination voltage
Single or selectable time setting ranges
Switch position indication and voltage indication by LED
7PV1538-1AW30
Rated control supply voltage
Us
50/60 Hz AC
V
7PV1540-1AW30
DT
DC
V
7PV1578-1BW30
7PV1558-1AW30
Screw terminals
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
7PV1508 timing relays, multifunction, 7 time setting ranges
The functions can be adjusted by means of rotary switches. The same potential must be applied to terminals A. and B.
With LED and
1 CO contact,
7 functions
With LED and
2 CO contacts,
7 functions
0.05 ... 1 s
0.5 ... 10 s
5 ... 100 s
30 s ... 10 min
3 min ... 1 h
30 min ... 10 h
5 ... 100 h
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
}
7PV1508-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
}
7PV1508-1BW30
1
1 unit
41H
7PV151. timing relays, ON-delay, 1 time setting range
With LED and
1 CO contact
0.05 ... 1 s
24/200 ... 240
24
}
7PV1511-1AP30
1
1 unit
41H
0.5 ... 10 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
}
}
7PV1512-1AQ30
7PV1512-1AP30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
5 ... 100 s
24/100 ... 127
24/200 ... 240
24
24
}
}
7PV1513-1AQ30
7PV1513-1AP30
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
}
7PV1518-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
90 ... 127
90 ... 127
}
7PV1518-1AJ30
1
1 unit
41H
180 ... 240
180 ... 240
}
7PV1518-1AN30
1
1 unit
41H
7PV1538-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
0.05 ... 1 s
0.5 ... 10 s
5 ... 100 s
30 s ... 10 min
3 min ... 1 h
30 min ... 10 h
5 ... 100 h
10
7PV1518 timing relays, ON-delay, 7 time setting ranges
With LED and
1 CO contact
7PV1538 timing relays, OFF-delay, with control signal, 7 time setting ranges
With LED and
1 CO contact
0.05 ... 1 s
0.5 ... 10 s
5 ... 100 s
30 s ... 10 min
3 min ... 1 h
30 min ... 10 h
5 ... 100 h
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
}
7PV1540 timing relays, OFF-delay, without control signal, 7 time setting ranges
With LED and
1 CO contact
0.05 ... 1 s
0.15 ... 3s
0.3 ... 6 s
0.5 ... 10 s
1.5 ... 30 s
3 ... 60 s
5 ... 100 s
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
}
7PV1540-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
12 ... 240
}
7PV1558-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
}
7PV1578-1BW30
1
1 unit
41H
7PV1558 timing relays, clock-pulse relay, 7 time setting ranges
With LED and
1 CO contact
0.05 ... 1 s
0.5 ... 10 s
5 ... 100 s
30 s ... 10 min
3 min ... 1 h
30 min ... 10 h
5 ... 100 h
12 ... 240
7PV1578 timing relays, wye-delta function, 7 time setting ranges
With LED and
2 NO contacts,
dead interval
0.05 ... 1 s adjustable
0.05 ... 1 s
0.5 ... 10 s
5 ... 100 s
30 s ... 10 min
3 min ... 1 h
30 min ... 10 h
5 ... 100 h
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
12 ... 240
12 ... 240
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/63
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relays
for mounting onto 3RT1 contactors
■ Overview
Simply by being plugged in place, the SIRIUS 3RT19 timing
relays enable different functionalities required for the assembly
of starters to be realized in the feeder. At the same time the
timing relays for mounting onto contactors reduce the wiring
work required within the feeder and save space in the control
cabinet.
A protection circuit (varistor) is integrated in each module.
The solid-state timing relay with semiconductor output uses two
plug-in contacts to actuate the contactor underneath by means
of a semiconductor after the set time has elapsed.
The time-delay auxiliary switch is supplied with power directly by
two plug-in contacts through the coil terminals of the contactor,
in parallel with A1/A2.
The switching state feedback is performed by a mechanical
switching state indicator (plunger).
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relay
Article No. scheme
1st - 5th
Digit of the Article No.
@@@@@
Time module and contactor control units
6th 7th
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
3RT19
Size
@
Type of accessories and spare parts
@
Version
@
Rated control supply voltage
@
Time setting ranges
@
Connection type
3RT19
Example
2
6
–
2
E
J
1
1
Note:
10
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Technical specifications
According to IEC 61812-1/DIN VDE 0435-2021
Type
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to DIN VDE 0110
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
• During storage
Solid-state timing relay blocks
with semiconductor output
Solid-state time-delay
auxiliary switch blocks
3RT19.6-2C
3RT19.6-2D
3RT19.6-2E
3RT19.6-2F
3RT19.6-2G
V AC
300
°C
°C
-25 ... +60
-40 ... +80
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us,
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us,
0.95 ... 1.05 times the rated frequency
0.3 for 3RT1916; 0.5 for 3RT1926
-----
-3
1
0.2
0.1
Operating cycles
100 x 106
10 x 106
Operating cycles
106
Operating range of excitation
Rated operational currents Ie
•
•
•
•
•
Load current
AC-15, 24 ... 400 V, 50 Hz
DC-13, 24 V
DC-13, 125 V
DC-13, 250 V
Mechanical endurance
Electrical endurance at Ie
A
A
A
A
A
Connection type
•
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Tightening torque
10/64
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
100 x
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5)/2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
0.8 … 1.2
1 x 105
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relays
for mounting onto 3RT1 contactors
3RT19 internal circuit diagrams (terminal designation according to DIN 46199-5)
Solid-state timing relay blocks
For 3RT10 contactors in sizes S0 to S3 and
3RH11 contactor relays
A2
1
A1
A2
A1
A2
NSB0_00944a
A1
S1
A1 B1
A2
1
2
A1
A2
A1
A2
NSB0_00945b
L1/L+
L1/L+
2
N/L
N/L
1 Timing relay block
2 Contactor
Can be connected
Do not connect!
1 Timing relay block
2 Contactor
Can be connected
3RT1926-2C
ON-delay
3RT1926-2D
With OFF-delay
(with control signal)
Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks
$
A1
A2
27
35
$
28
36
$
NSB0_01873
3RT1926-2E
ON-delay
6
6
$
A1
A2
27
35
$
28
36
$
A1
37
28
38
NSB0_01875
NSB0_01874a
3RT1926-2F
OFF-delay
(without control signal)
A2
27
3RT1926-2G
Wye-delta function
10
6
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/65
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RT19 timing relays
for mounting onto 3RT1 contactors
■ Selection and ordering data
For
contactors
Version
Time setting
range t
Rated control
supply voltage Us
s
V
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Type
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
For sizes S0 to S121)
3RT102,
3RT103,
3RT104
Terminal designations acc. to EN 46199-5
• ON-delay
1 NO + 1 NC
3RT1926-2...
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
24 AC/DC
C
}
A
3RT1926-2EJ11
3RT1926-2EJ21
3RT1926-2EJ31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
100 ... 127 AC
C
}
C
3RT1926-2EC11
3RT1926-2EC21
3RT1926-2EC31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
200 ... 240 AC
B
}
B
3RT1926-2ED11
3RT1926-2ED21
3RT1926-2ED31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
24 AC/DC
}
}
}
3RT1926-2FJ11
3RT1926-2FJ21
3RT1926-2FJ31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
100 ... 127 AC
B
}
B
3RT1926-2FK11
3RT1926-2FK21
3RT1926-2FK31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
200 ... 240 AC
B
A
A
3RT1926-2FL11
3RT1926-2FL21
3RT1926-2FL31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
}
}
}
3RT1926-2GJ51
3RT1926-2GC51
3RT1926-2GD51
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
• OFF-delay without control signal2)
1 NO + 1 NC
• Wye-delta function (varistor integrated)
1 NO delayed +
1 NO instantaneous,
dead time 50 ms
1.5 ... 30
24 AC/DC
100 ... 127 AC
200 ... 240 AC
For sizes S0 to S3, with semiconductor output
3RT102,
3RT103,
3RT1042)
For mounting onto coil terminals on top of the
contactors
The electrical connection between the relay block and
the corresponding contactor is established by screwing
the two connecting pins of the timing relay block to coil
terminals A1/A2 on top of the contactor.
10
• ON-delay, two-wire design (varistor integrated)
3RT1926-2C...
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
24 ... 66 AC/DC
B
B
B
3RT1926-2CG11
3RT1926-2CG21
3RT1926-2CG31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
90 … 240 AC/DC
}
}
}
3RT1926-2CH11
3RT1926-2CH21
3RT1926-2CH31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
• OFF-delay with control signal (varistor integrated)
3RT1926-2D...
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
5 ... 100
24 ... 66 AC/DC
C
B
D
3RT1926-2DG11
3RT1926-2DG21
3RT1926-2DG31
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
0.05 ... 1
0.5 ... 10
90 … 240 AC/DC
B
B
3RT1926-2DH11
3RT1926-2DH21
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
C
3RT1926-2DH31
1
1 unit
41H
5 ... 100
1)
The terminals A1 and A2 for the rated control supply voltage of the solidstate time-delay auxiliary switch block must be connected to the corresponding contactor by connecting cables.
2)
Not for 3RT104 contactor with 24 to 42 V rated control supply voltage.
10/66
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Timing Relays
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Accessories for 3RP15 and 3RP20
Version
Function
Identifi- Use
cation
letter
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Label sets for 3RP15 and 3RP20
Accessory for 3RP1505 and 3RP20 (not included in the scope of
supply). The label set offers the possibility of labeling timing relays
with the set function in English and German.
1 label set ON-delay
(1 unit)
OFF-delay with control signal
with 8
functions ON-delay and OFF-delay with
control signal
3RP1901-0A
A
For devices C
with 1 CO
contact and
3RP1505.RW30
3RP1901-0A
1
5 units
41H
For devices C
with 2 CO
contacts
3RP1901-0B
1
5 units
41H
For 3RP15,
3RP20
D
3RT1900-1SB20
100 340 units
41B
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
For 3RP15
with
1 or 2 CO
contacts
B
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
Sealable covers
For securing against unauthorized adjustment of
setting knobs
For 3RP15
with
1 or 2 CO
contacts
B
3RP1902
1
5 units
41H
B
C
Flashing, starting with interval
D
Passing make contact
E
Passing break contact
with control signal
F
Pulse-forming with control signal G
Additive ON-delay with control
signal
1 label set ON-delay
(1 unit)
OFF-delay with control signal
with 16
functions ON-delay and OFF-delay with
control signal
H
A
B
C
Flashing, starting with interval
D
Passing make contact
E
Passing break contact with
control signal
F
Pulse-forming with control signal G
H•
ON-delay and instantaneous
contact
A•
OFF-delay with control signal
and instantaneous contact
B•
ON-delay and OFF-delay with
C•
control signal and instantaneous
contact
Flashing, starting with interval,
and instantaneous contact
D•
Passing make contact and
instantaneous contact
E•
10
3RP1901-0B
Additive ON-delay with control
signal and instantaneous
contact
Passing break contact with
F•
control signal and instantaneous
contact
Pulse-forming with control signal G•
and instantaneous contact
Wye-delta function
*
Blank labels for 3RP15 and 3RP20
Blank labels,
20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise1)
Covers and push-in lugs for 3RP15
3RP1903
3RP1902
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/67
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
General data
■ Overview
Features
3RR21
3RR22
Benefits
S00, S0
S00, S0
• Are coordinated with the dimensions, connections and
technical characteristics of the other devices in the
SIRIUS modular system (contactors, soft starters, etc.)
S00: 45 x 79 x 80,
S0: 45 x 87 x 91
S00: 45 x 90 x 80,
S0: 45 x 109 x 92
S00: 45 x 79 x 80,
S0: 45 x 87 x 91
S00: 45 x 90 x 80,
S0: 45 x 109 x 92
• Permit the mounting of slim and compact load feeders
in widths of 45 mm (S00 and S0)
S00: 1.6 ... 16 A
S0: 4 ... 40 A
S00: 1.6 ... 16 A
S0: 4 ... 40 A
• Is adapted to the other devices in the SIRIUS modular
system
General data
• Spring-type terminals
W
Current range
D
Dimensions in mm
(W x H x D)
• Screw terminals
H
Sizes
• Simplify configuration
• Just a single version per size with a wide setting range
enables easy configuration
Permissible ambient temperature
During operation
-25 ... +60 °C
-25 ... +60 °C
• Suitable for applications in the control cabinet,
worldwide
✓
(Two-phase)
✓
(Three-phase)
• Provides optimum inverse-time delayed protection of
loads against excessive temperature rises due to
overload
Monitoring functions
Current overshoot
• Enables detection of filter blockages or pumping
against closed gate valves
• Enables drawing conclusions about wear, poor
lubrication or other maintenance-relevant phenomena
Current undershoot
✓
(Two-phase)
✓
(Three-phase)
• Enables detection of overload due to a slipping or torn
belt
• Guarantees protection of pumps against dry running
10
• Facilitates monitoring of the functions of resistive loads
such as heaters
• Permits energy savings through monitoring of no-load
operation
Apparent current monitoring
✓
✓
(Selectable)
• Precision current monitoring especially in a motor's
rated and upper torque range
Active current monitoring
--
✓
(Selectable)
• Optimum current monitoring over a motor's entire
torque range through the patented combination of
power factor and apparent current monitoring
Range monitoring
✓
(Two-phase)
✓
(Three-phase)
• Simultaneous monitoring of current overshoot and
undershoot with a singe device
Phase failure, open circuit
✓
(Two-phase)
✓
(Three-phase)
• Minimizes heating of three-phase motors during phase
failure through immediate disconnection
• Prevents operation of hoisting equipment with reduced
load carrying capacity
Phase sequence monitoring
--
✓
(Selectable)
• Prevents starting of motors, pumps or compressors in
the wrong direction of rotation
Internal ground-fault detection
(residual current monitoring)
--
✓
(Selectable)
• Provides optimum protection of loads against
high-resistance short circuits or ground faults due to
moisture, condensed water, damage to the insulation
material, etc.
• Eliminates the need for additional special equipment
• Saves space in the control cabinet
• Reduces wiring overhead and costs
Blocking current monitoring
--
✓
(Selectable)
• Minimizes heating of three-phase motors when blocked
during operation through immediate disconnection
• Minimizes mechanical loading of the system by acting
as an electronic shear pin
✓ Available
-- Not available
10/68
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
General data
Features
3RR21
3RR22
Benefits
✓
✓
• Allows manual or automatic resetting of the relay
Features
RESET function
• Resetting directly on the device or by switching the
control supply voltage off and on (remote RESET)
ON-delay time
0 ... 60 s
0 ... 99 s
• Enables motor starting without evaluation of the starting
current
Tripping delay time
0 ... 30 s
0 ... 30 s
• Permits brief threshold value violations during operation
• Can be used for monitoring motors with lengthy start-up
• Prevents frequent warnings and disconnections with
currents near the threshold values
Operating and indicating elements
LEDs and
rotary potentiometers
Displays and buttons
• For setting the threshold values and delay times
• For selectable functions
• For quick and selective diagnostics
• Displays for permanent display of measured values
Integrated contacts
1 CO contact
1 CO,
1 semiconductor output
• Enable disconnection of the system or process when
there is an irregularity
• Can be used to output signals
Design of load feeders
Short-circuit strength up to 100 kA
at 690 V
(in conjunction with the corresponding fuses
or the corresponding motor starter protector)
✓
✓
• Provides optimum protection of the loads and operating
personnel in the event of short circuits due to insulation
faults or faulty switching operations
Electrical and mechanical
matching to 3RT2 contactors
✓
✓
• Simplifies configuration
• Reduces wiring outlay and costs
• Enables stand-alone installation as well as
space-saving direct mounting
✓
(optional)
✓
(optional)
• Enables fast connections
• Permits vibration-resistant connections
• Enables maintenance-free connections
Other features
Suitable for single- and three-phase loads
✓
✓
• Enables the monitoring of single-phase systems
through parallel infeed at the contactor or looping the
current through the three phase connections
Wide setting ranges
✓
✓
• Reduce the number of variants
• Minimize the configuration outlay and costs
• Minimize storage overheads, storage costs, tied-up
capital
Wide voltage supply range
✓
(optional)
✓
(optional)
• Reduces the number of versions
• Minimizes the configuring overhead and costs
• Minimizes storage overhead, storage costs, tied-up
capital
✓ Available
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/69
10
Spring-type terminals for main circuit and
auxiliary circuits
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
General data
Possible combinations of 3RR21/3RR22 monitoring relays with 3RT2 contactors
Monitoring relays
Current range
Contactors
(type, size, rating)
3RT201
3RT202
S00
S0
Type
A
3/4/5.5/7.5 kW
5.5/7.5/11/15/18.5 kW
3RR2141
1.6 ... 16
✓
With stand-alone installation support
3RR2241
1.6 ... 16
✓
With stand-alone installation support
3RR2142
4 ... 40
With stand-alone installation support
✓
3RR2242
4 ... 40
With stand-alone installation support
✓
✓ Available
Article No. scheme
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
Digit of the Article No.
@@@
Monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
A
3
0
3RR
SIRIUS 2nd generation
2
@
Type of setting
@
Type of monitoring relay
@
Size
@
Connection methods
@
Number and type of outputs
Signal type of the control supply voltage
3RR
Example
2
1
4
1
–
1
A
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
10
Advantages through energy efficiency
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate, and
realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware and
software solutions in every process phase.
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
4
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The 3RR2 monitoring relays contribute to the energy efficiency
throughout the plant as follows:
• Shutdown in the event of no-load operation
(e.g. pump no-load operation)
• Load shedding of predefined loads in the event of current
overshoots
Overview of the energy management process
■ More information
Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations –
Selection Data for Fuseless and Fused Load Feeders" see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188.
System Manual "Industrial Controls – SIRIUS Innovations" see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39740306.
10/70
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
Manual "3UG45/3UG46 and 3RR21/3RR22 Monitoring Relays",
see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54397927.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
SIRIUS 3RR2242 and 3RR2142 current monitoring relays
The SIRIUS 3RR2 current monitoring relays are suitable for the
load monitoring of motors or other loads. In two or three phases
they monitor the rms value of AC currents for overshooting or
undershooting of set threshold values.
Whereas apparent current monitoring is used above all in connection with the rated torque or in case of overload, the active
current monitoring option can be used to observe and evaluate
the load factor over a motor's entire torque range.
The 3RR2 current monitoring relays can be integrated directly in
the feeder by mounting onto the 3RT2 contactor; separate wiring
of the main circuit is therefore superfluous. No separate transformers are required.
For a line-oriented configuration or simultaneous use of an overload relay, terminal supports for stand-alone installation are
available for separate standard rail mounting.
Versions
Basic versions
■ Benefits
• Can be mounted directly on 3RT2 contactors and
3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies, in other words, there
is no need for additional wiring in the main circuit
• Optimally coordinated with the technical characteristics of the
3RT2 contactors
• No separate current transformer required
• Versions with wide voltage supply range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
• All versions with removable control current terminals
• All versions with screw terminals or spring-type terminals
• Simple determination of the threshold values through direct
reference to actually measured values for setpoint loading
• Range monitoring and selectable active current measurement
mean that only one device for monitoring a motor is required
along the entire torque curve
• In addition to current monitoring it is also possible to monitor
for broken cables, phase failure, phase sequence, residual
current and motor blocking.
■ Application
• Monitoring of current overshoot and undershoot
• Monitoring of broken conductors
• Monitoring of no-load operation and load shedding, e.g. in the
event of a torn V-belt or no-load operation of a pump
• Monitoring of overload, e.g. on conveyor belts or cranes due
to an excessive load
• Monitoring the functionality of electrical loads such as heaters
• Monitoring of wrong phase sequence on mobile equipment
such as compressors or cranes
• Monitoring of high-impedance faults to ground, e.g. caused
by damaged insulation or moisture
10
■ Overview
The basic versions with two-phase apparent current monitoring,
a CO contact output and analog adjustability provide a high
level of monitoring reliability especially in the rated and overload
range.
Standard versions
The standard versions monitor the current in three phases with
selectable active current monitoring. They have additional diagnostics options such as residual current monitoring and phase
sequence monitoring, and they are also suitable for monitoring
motors below the rated torque. These devices have an additional independent semiconductor output, an actual value indicator, and are digitally adjustable.
Both versions are available optionally with screw or spring-type
terminals, in each case for sizes S00 and S0.
Note:
In addition to the features of the standard versions,
3RR24 monitoring relays for mounting onto 3RT2 contactors for
IO-Link also offer the possibility of transmitting the measured values and diagnostics data to a controller via an IO-Link. Furthermore, the devices can be parameterized on the devices themselves or via IO-Link.
For more information, see page 10/76.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/71
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
■ Technical specifications
Function charts of 3RR214.-.A.30 basic variants, analogically adjustable
Closed-circuit principle upon application of the control supply voltage
Current overshoot
Range monitoring
B1-B2
B1-B2
1~ = 0
>
<
>
Hysteresis 6,25 %
▲
1~ = 0
Hysteresis 6,25 %
Hyst. 6,25 %
▼
2~ = 0
31/34
31/32
FAULT
LED
OFF FLASH OFF FLASH OFF FLASH
slow
slow
slow
onDel
onDel
ON
OFF
B1-B2
1~ = 0
Hysteresis 6,25 %
▼
2~ = 0
NSB0_02049
10
<
31/34
31/32
O F F FLASH O N FLASH O F F FLASH
slow
slow
slow
onDel
10/72
onDel
Del
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
O F F FLASH O N FLASH O F F FLASH
slow
slow
slow
onDel
Del
Current undershoot
FAULT
LED
31/34
31/32
FAULT
LED
FLASH OFF
fast
NSB0_02050
NSB0_02048
2~ = 0
ON
OFF
FLASH O F F
fast
onDel
Del
ON
OFF
FLASH
slow
Del
ON
O F F FLASH O F F
fast
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
Function charts of 3RR224.-.F.30 standard versions, digitally adjustable
With the closed-circuit principle selected upon application of the control supply voltage
Current overshoot
Range monitoring
B1-B2
>
B1-B2
>n x
>
<
1,2 ~ = 0
nx ▲
▲, !▲
▲, !▲
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Hyst.
▼, !▼
3~ = 0
3~ = 0
NSB0_02051
Q on
Q off
onDel onDel
Del
RsDel
NSB0_02053
31/34
31/32
31/34
31/32
Q on
Q off
onDel onDel
Del
RsDel
Del
RsDel
RsDel
Current undershoot with residual current monitoring
Phase sequence monitoring
B1-B2
>
B1-B2
1+ 2+ 3 ≥
Hysteresis
▼, !▼
31/34
31/32
31/34
31/32
Q on
Q off
onDel
onDel
Del
NSB0_02054
3~ = 0
NSB0_02052
3~ = 0
10
L3- L 2- L1
Q on
Q off
RsDel
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/73
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
Circuit diagrams
B1 / AC/DC
2T1 4T2 6T3
B2
B1 / AC/DC
31
2T1 4T2 6T3
32 34 14/22 A2
B2
32 34
IC01_00201
IC01_00199
3RR2141-1A.30
31
3RR2141-2A.30, 3RR2142-.A.30
B1 / AC/DC
2T1 4T2 6T3
Q B2
31
B1 / AC/DC
32 34 14/22 A2
2T1 4T2 6T3
Q B2
31
32 34
IC01_00202
IC01_00200
3RR2241-1F.30
3RR2241-2F.30, 3RR2242-.F.30
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
10
SIRIUS 3RR21/3RR22 current monitoring relays
• For load monitoring of motors or other loads
• Multi-phase monitoring of undercurrent and overcurrent
• Starting and tripping delay can be adjusted separately
• Tripping delay 0 to 30 s
• Auto or Manual RESET
3RR2141-1AW30
Size
3RR2142-1AW30
3RR2241-1FW30
Measuring range
Hysteresis
Control supply voltage Us
A
A
V
3RR2242-1FW30
DT
3RR2141-2AA30
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
3RR2241-2FA30
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Basic versions
Analogically adjustable, closed-circuit principle, 1 CO, 2-phase current monitoring,
apparent current monitoring, start-up delay 0 ... 60 s
S00
1.6 ... 16
6.25 % of
threshold value
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RR2141-1AA30
3RR2141-1AW30
A
A
3RR2141-2AA30
3RR2141-2AW30
S0
4 ... 40
6.25 % of
threshold value
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RR2142-1AA30
3RR2142-1AW30
A
A
3RR2142-2AA30
3RR2142-2AW30
Standard versions
Digitally adjustable, LCD, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle, 1 CO,
1 semiconductor output, 3-phase current monitoring, active current or apparent current
monitoring, phase sequence monitoring, residual current monitoring, blocking current
monitoring, reclosing delay time 0 ... 300 min, start-up delay 0 ... 99 s, separate settings
for warning and alarm thresholds
S00
1.6 ... 16
0.1 ... 3
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RR2241-1FA30
3RR2241-1FW30
A
A
3RR2241-2FA30
3RR2241-2FW30
S0
4 ... 40
0.1 ... 8
24 AC/DC
24 ... 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RR2242-1FA30
3RR2242-1FW30
A
A
3RR2242-2FA30
3RR2242-2FW30
10/74
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR21, 3RR22 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors
Current and active current monitoring
■ Accessories
Use
Version
Size
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41F
41F
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41F
41F
100 340 units
41B
Terminal supports for stand-alone installation1)
For 3RR21, For separate mounting of the overload relays
3RR22
or monitoring relays; screw and snap-on mounting
onto TH 35 standard mounting rail according to
IEC 60715
• Screw connection
Screw terminals
}
}
S00
S0
3RU2916-3AA01
3RU2926-3AA01
3RU2916-3AA01
Spring-type terminals
• Spring-type connection
S00
S0
B
B
3RU2916-3AC01
3RU2926-3AC01
D
3RT2900-1SB20
3RU2926-3AC01
Blank labels
For 3RR21, Unit labeling plates2)
For SIRIUS devices
3RR22
IC01_00181
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray
3RT2900-1SB20
For 3RR21, Sealable covers
A
3RR22
For securing against unintentional or unauthorized
adjustment of settings
}
For 3RR21 Sealing foil
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
3RR2940
1
5 units
41H
3TK2820-0AA00
1
1 unit
41L
1
1 unit
41B
3RR2940
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary circuit
connections
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
Spring-type terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
1)
The accessories are identical to those of the 3RU21 thermal overload
relays and the 3RB3 solid-state overload relays see Chapter 7 "Protection
Equipment".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
2)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/75
10
Sealable covers
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
General data
■ Overview
Features
3RR24
Benefits
S00, S0
• Are coordinated with the dimensions, connections and technical
characteristics of the other devices in the SIRIUS modular system
(contactors, soft starters, etc.)
S00: 45 x 79 x 80,
S0: 45 x 87 x 91
• Permit the mounting of slim and compact load feeders in widths of 45 mm
(S00 and S0)
S00: 45 x 90 x 80,
S0: 45 x 109 x 92
• Simplify configuration
S00: 1.6 ... 16 A
S0: 4 ... 40 A
• Is adapted to the other devices in the SIRIUS modular system
-25 ... +60 °C
• Suitable for applications in the control cabinet, worldwide
✓
(Three-phase)
• Provides optimum inverse-time delayed protection of loads against
excessive temperature rises due to overload
General data
• Spring-type terminals
Current range
W
D
Dimensions in mm
(W x H x D)
• Screw terminals
H
Sizes
• Just a single version per size with a wide setting range enables easy
configuration
Permissible ambient temperature
During operation
Monitoring functions
Current overshoot
• Enables detection of filter blockages or pumping against closed gate
valves
• Enables drawing conclusions about wear, poor lubrication or other
maintenance-relevant phenomena
Current undershoot
✓
(Three-phase)
• Enables detection of overload due to a slipping or torn belt
• Guarantees protection of pumps against dry running
• Facilitates monitoring of the functions of resistive loads such as heaters
10
• Permits energy savings through monitoring of no-load operation
Apparent current monitoring
✓
(Selectable)
• Precision current monitoring especially in a motor's rated and upper torque
range
Active current monitoring
✓
(Selectable)
• Optimum current monitoring over a motor's entire torque range through the
patented combination of power factor and apparent current monitoring
Range monitoring
✓
(Three-phase)
• Simultaneous monitoring of current overshoot and undershoot with a singe
device
Phase failure, open circuit
✓
(Three-phase)
• Minimizes heating of three-phase motors during phase failure through
immediate disconnection
• Prevents operation of hoisting equipment with reduced load carrying
capacity
Phase sequence monitoring
✓
(Selectable)
• Prevents starting of motors, pumps or compressors in the wrong direction
of rotation
Internal ground-fault detection
(residual current monitoring)
✓
(Selectable)
• Provides optimum protection of loads against high-resistance short circuits
or ground faults due to moisture, condensed water, damage to the
insulation material, etc.
• Eliminates the need for additional special equipment
• Saves space in the control cabinet
• Reduces wiring overhead and costs
Blocking current monitoring
✓
(Selectable)
• Minimizes heating of three-phase motors when blocked during operation
through immediate disconnection
• Minimizes mechanical loading of the system by acting as an electronic
shear pin
Operating hours counter
✓
• gives the time during which there was a measurable current in at least
2 current paths
• as an indicator for upcoming maintenance or replacement of machine and
system components
Operating cycles counter
✓
• is incremented by one each time a breaking operation is detected, in other
words a transition from three-phase current flow to no measurable current
flow
• as an indicator for upcoming maintenance or replacement of contact
blocks
✓ Available
10/76
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
General data
Features
3RR24
Benefits
✓
• Allows manual or automatic resetting of the relay
Features
RESET function
• Resetting directly on the device, by switching the control supply voltage off
and on or via IO-Link (remote RESET)
ON-delay time
0 ... 999.9 s
Tripping delay time
0 … 999.9 s
• Enables motor starting without evaluation of the starting current
• Can be used for monitoring motors with lengthy start-up
• Permits brief threshold value violations during operation
• Prevents frequent warnings and disconnections with currents near the
threshold values
Operating and indicating elements
Displays and buttons
• For setting the threshold values and delay times
• For selectable functions
• For quick and selective diagnostics
• Displays for permanent display of measured values
1 CO contact,
1 semiconductor output
(in SIO mode)
• Enable disconnection of the system or process when there is an irregularity
Short-circuit strength up to 100 kA
at 690 V
(in conjunction with the corresponding fuses or the
corresponding motor starter protector)
✓
• Provides optimum protection of the loads and operating personnel in the
event of short circuits due to insulation faults or faulty switching operations
Electrical and mechanical
matching to 3RT2 contactors
✓
• Simplifies configuration
Integrated contacts
• Can be used to output signals
Design of load feeders
• Reduces wiring outlay and costs
• Enables stand-alone installation as well as space-saving direct mounting
Spring-type terminals for main circuit and auxiliary ✓
circuits
(Optional)
• Enables fast connections
• Permits vibration-resistant connections
• Enables maintenance-free connections
Suitable for single- and three-phase loads
✓
• Enables the monitoring of single-phase systems through parallel infeed at
the contactor or looping the current through the three phase connections
Wide setting ranges
✓
• Reduce the number of variants
• Minimize the configuration outlay and costs
• Minimize storage overheads, storage costs, tied-up capital
Power supply
24 V DC
• Direct via IO-Link master or via an external auxiliary voltage independent
of the IO-Link
• Minimizes the configuring overhead and costs
✓ Available
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/77
10
Other features
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
General data
Possible combinations of 3RR24 monitoring relays with 3RT2 contactors for IO-Link
Monitoring relays
Current range
Contactors
(type, size, rating)
3RT201
3RT202
S00
S0
Type
A
3/4/5.5/7.5 kW
5.5/7.5/11/15/18.5 kW
3RR2441
1.6 ... 16
✓
With stand-alone installation support
3RR2442
4 ... 40
With stand-alone installation support
✓
✓ Available
Article No. scheme
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
Digit of the Article No.
@@@
Monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
A
4
0
3RR
SIRIUS 2nd generation
2
@
Type of setting
@
Type of monitoring relay
@
Size
@
Connection methods
@
Number and type of outputs
Signal type of the control supply voltage
3RR
Example
2
4
4
1
–
1
A
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
Advantages through energy efficiency
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate, and
realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware and
software solutions in every process phase.
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
4
10
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The 3RR2 monitoring relays contribute to the energy efficiency
throughout the plant as follows:
• Shutdown in the event of no-load operation
(e.g. pump no-load operation)
• Load shedding of predefined loads in the event of current
overshoots
Overview of the energy management process
■ More information
Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations –
Selection Data for Fuseless and Fused Load Feeders" see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39714188.
System Manual "Industrial Controls – SIRIUS Innovations" see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/39740306.
Manual "3UG48/3RR24 Monitoring Relays for IO-Link" see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54375430.
10/78
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
Notes on safety
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
More information about the subject of Industrial Security see
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
Current and active current monitoring
■ Overview
• Rapid parameterization of the same devices by duplication of
the parameterization in the controller
• Parameter transmission by upload to a controller by IO-Link
call or by parameter server (if IO-Link master from IO-Link
Specification V 1.1 and higher is used)
• Consistent central data storage in the event of parameter
change locally or via a controller
• Automatic reparameterizing when devices are exchanged
• Blocking of local parameterization via IO-Link possible
• Faults are saved in parameterizable and non-volatile fashion
to prevent an automatic start-up after voltage failure and to
make sure diagnostics data is not lost
• By integration into the automation level the option exists of
parameterizing the monitoring relay at any time via a display
unit or displaying the measured values in a control room or
locally at the machine/control cabinet.
The SIRIUS 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link are
suitable for the load monitoring of motors or other loads. In three
phases they monitor the rms value of AC currents for
overshooting or undershooting of set threshold values.
Whereas apparent current monitoring is used above all in connection with the rated torque or in case of overload, the active
current monitoring option, which is also selectable, can be used
to observe and evaluate the load factor over a motor's entire
torque range.
The 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link can be integrated directly in the feeder by mounting onto the 3RT2 contactor; separate wiring of the main circuit is therefore superfluous.
No separate transformers are required.
For a line-oriented configuration or simultaneous use of an
overload relay, terminal supports for stand-alone installation are
available for separate standard rail mounting.
The SIRIUS 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link also
offer many other options based upon the monitoring functions of
the conventional SIRIUS 3RR2 monitoring relays:
• Measured value transmission to a controller, including
resolution and unit, may be parameterizable as to which value
is cyclically transmitted
• Transmission of alarm flags to a controller
• Full diagnosis capability by inquiry as to the cause of the fault
in the diagnosis data record
• Remote parameterization is also possible, in addition to or
instead of local parameterization
Even without communication via IO-Link the devices continue to
function fully autonomously:
• Parameterization can take place locally at the device,
independently of a controller.
• In the event of failure or before the controller becomes available the monitoring relays work as long as the control supply
voltage (24 V DC) is present.
• If the monitoring relays are operated without the controller, the
3RR24 monitoring relays for IO-Link have, thanks to the integrated SIO mode, an additional semiconductor output, which
switches when the adjustable warning threshold is exceeded.
Thanks to the combination of autonomous monitoring relay function and integrated IO-Link communication, redundant sensors
and/or analog signal converters – which previously took over the
transmission of measured values to a controller, leading to considerable extra cost and wiring outlay – are no longer needed.
Because the output relays are still present, the monitoring relays
increase the functional reliability of the system, since only the
controller can fulfill the control tasks if the current measured
values are available, whereas the output relays can also be used
for the disconnection of the system if limit values that cannot be
reached during operation are exceeded.
For further information on the IO-Link communication system see
Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication".
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/79
10
SIRIUS 3RR2441 and 3RR2442 current monitoring relay
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
Current and active current monitoring
10
■ Benefits
■ Application
• Can be mounted directly on 3RT2 contactors and
3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies, in other words, there
is no need for additional wiring in the main circuit
• Optimally coordinated with the technical characteristics of the
3RT2 contactors
• No separate current transformer required
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
• All versions with removable control current terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
• Simple determination of the threshold values through direct
reference to actually measured values for setpoint loading
• Range monitoring and selectable active current measurement
mean that only one device for monitoring a motor is required
along the entire torque curve
• In addition to current monitoring it is also possible to monitor
for current unbalance, broken cables, phase failure, phase
sequence, residual current and motor blocking.
• Integrated counter for operating cycles and operating hours to
support requirements-based maintenance of the monitored
machine or application
• Simple cyclical transmission of the current measured values,
relay switching states and events to a controller
• Remote parameterization
• Automatic reparameterizing when devices are exchanged
• Simple duplication of identical or similar parameterizations
• Reduction of control current wiring
• Elimination of testing costs and wiring errors
• Reduction of configuration work
• Integration in TIA means clear diagnostics if a fault occurs
• Cost saving and space saving in control cabinet due to the
elimination of AI and IO modules as well as analog signal
converters and duplicated sensors
10/80
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
• Monitoring of current overshoot and undershoot
• Monitoring of broken conductors
• Monitoring of no-load operation and load shedding, e.g. in the
event of a torn V-belt or no-load operation of a pump
• Monitoring of overload, e.g. on pumps due to a dirty filter
system
• Monitoring the functionality of electrical loads such as heaters
• Monitoring of wrong phase sequence on mobile equipment
such as compressors or cranes
• Monitoring of high-impedance faults to ground, e.g. caused
by damaged insulation or moisture
The use of SIRIUS monitoring relays for IO-Link is particularly
recommended for machines and plant in which these relays, in
addition to their monitoring function, are to be connected to the
automation level for the rapid, simple and fault-free provision of
the current measured values and/or for remote parameterization.
The monitoring relays can either relieve the controller of monitoring tasks or, as a second monitoring entity in parallel to and independent of the controller, increase the reliability in the process
or in the system. In addition, the elimination of AI and IO modules
allows the width of the controller to be reduced despite significantly expanded functionality.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
Current and active current monitoring
■ Technical specifications
Function charts of 3RR24 for IO-Link, digitally adjustable
With the closed-circuit principle selected upon application of the control supply voltage
Current overshoot
Range monitoring
L+/L>
L+/L-
>n x
>
<
1,2 ~ = 0
nx ▲
▲, !▲
▲, !▲
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
Hyst.
▼, !▼
3~ = 0
3~ = 0
IC01_00185
Q on
Q off
onDel
onDel ▲Del
RsDel
IC01_00186
31/34
31/32
31/34
31/32
Q on
Q off
onDel onDel ▲Del
RsDel ▼Del
RsDel
RsDel
Current undershoot with residual current monitoring
Phase sequence monitoring
L+/L>
L+/L-
1+ 2+ 3 ≥
Hysteresis
▼, !▼
31/34
31/32
31/34
31/32
Q on
Q off
onDel
onDel
▼Del
RsDel
L+ C/Q L-
31
IC01_00188
3~ = 0
IC01_00187
3~ = 0
10
L3-L2-L1
Q on
Q off
Circuit diagrams
L+ C/Q LIO-Link
IO-Link
2T1 4T2 6T3
31
32 34 14/22 A2
2T1 4T2 6T3
3RR2441-1AA40
32 34
IC01_00190
IC01_00189
3RR2441-2AA40, 3RR2442-.AA40
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/81
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
Current and active current monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
SIRIUS 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link
• For load monitoring of motors or other loads
• Multi-phase monitoring of undercurrent and overcurrent
• Starting and tripping delay can be adjusted separately
• Tripping delay 0 to 999.9 s
• Auto or Manual RESET
3RR2441-1AA40
3RR2442-1AA40
Size
Measuring range
Hysteresis
Control supply voltage Us
A
A
V
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3RR2441-2AA40
3RR2442-2AA40
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Digitally adjustable, LCD, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle, 1 CO,
1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode), 3-phase current monitoring, active current
or apparent current monitoring, current unbalance monitoring, phase sequence
monitoring, residual current monitoring, blocking current monitoring, operating
hours counter, operating cycles counter, reclosing delay time 0 ... 999.9 min,
start-up delay 0 ... 999.9 s, separate settings for warning and alarm thresholds
S00
1.6 ... 16
0.1 ... 3
24 DC
A
3RR2441-1AA40
A
3RR2441-2AA40
S0
4 ... 40
0.1 ... 8
24 DC
A
3RR2442-1AA40
A
3RR2442-2AA40
10
Notes:
Devices required for the communication via IO-Link:
• Any controller that supports the IO-Link (e.g. ET 200S with
CPU or S7-300 plus ET 200S distributed I/O),
see Catalog ST 70 "SIMATIC Products for Totally Integrated
Automation"
• IO-Link master (IO-Link master 4SI IO-Link or 4SI SIRIUS
interface module, which can connect all SIRIUS IO-Link
devices to a controller,
see Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication")
Each monitoring relay requires an IO-Link channel.
10/82
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RR24 Monitoring Relays for Mounting onto 3RT2 Contactors for IO-Link
Current and active current monitoring
■ Accessories
Use
Version
Size
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41F
41F
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41F
41F
100 340 units
41B
Terminal supports for stand-alone installation1)
For 3RR24
For separate mounting of the overload relays
or monitoring relays; screw and snap-on mounting
onto TH 35 standard mounting rail according to
IEC 60715
• Screw connection
S00
S0
Screw terminals
}
}
3RU2916-3AA01
3RU2926-3AA01
3RU2916-3AA01
Spring-type terminals
• Spring-type connection
S00
S0
B
B
3RU2916-3AC01
3RU2926-3AC01
D
3RT2900-1SB20
3RU2926-3AC01
Blank labels
For 3RR24
Unit labeling plates2)
For SIRIUS devices
IC01_00181
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray
3RT2900-1SB20
Sealable covers
Sealable covers
A
For securing against unintentional or unauthorized
adjustment of settings
3RR2940
1
5 units
41H
1
1 unit
41B
10
For 3RR24
3RR2940
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary Screwdrivers
circuit
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
connections 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
Spring-type terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
1)
The accessories are identical to those of the 3RU21 thermal overload
relays and the 3RB3 solid-state overload relays see Chapter 7 "Protection
Equipment".
2)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/83
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
General data
■ Overview
The individual 3UG4 monitoring relays offer the following
functions in various combinations:
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of liquid levels
• Phase sequence
• Phase failure, neutral conductor failure
• Phase asymmetry
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for voltage
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for current
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for power
factor
• Monitoring of the active current or the apparent current
• Monitoring of the residual current
• Monitoring of the insulation resistance
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for speed
SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relay
The field-proven SIRIUS monitoring relays for electrical and
mechanical variables enable constant monitoring of all important characteristic quantities that provide information about the
functional capability of a plant. Both sudden disturbances and
gradual changes, which may indicate the need for maintenance,
are detected. Thanks to their relay outputs, the monitoring relays
permit direct disconnection of the affected system components
as well as alerting (e.g. by switching a warning lamp). Thanks to
adjustable delay times the monitoring relays can respond very
flexibly to brief faults such as voltage dips or load changes.
This avoids unnecessary alarms and disconnections while
enhancing plant availability.
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
@@@
Monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
@
Type of setting
Functions
@
Connection methods
@
Contacts
@
Supply voltage
@
Signal type of the control supply voltage
@
Special version
Example
3UG
4
5
1
Notes:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
10/84
@
3UG
Generation
10
@
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
1
–
1
A
N
2
0
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
General data
■ Benefits
0 24
4
Advantages through energy efficiency
IC0
1_ 0
• Customary screw and spring-type terminals for quick and
reliable wiring
• Fast commissioning thanks to menu-guided parameterization
and actual value display for limit value determination
• Reduced space requirement in the control cabinet thanks to a
consistent width of 22.5 mm
• Parameterizable monitoring functions, delay times, reset
response, etc.
• Reduced stockkeeping thanks to minimized variance and
large measuring ranges
• Wide-voltage power supply units for global applicability
• Device replacement without renewed wiring thanks to
removable terminals
• Reliable system diagnostics thanks to actual value display
and connectable fault memory
• Rapid diagnostics thanks to unambiguous error messages on
the display
Overview of the energy management process
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate, and
realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware and
software solutions in every process phase.
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The 3UG4 monitoring relays contribute to energy efficiency
throughout the plant as follows:
• Shutdown in the event of no-load operation
(e.g. pump no-load operation)
• Reactive-power compensation by means of power factor
monitoring
• Load shedding of predefined loads in the event of current
overshoots
The SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relays monitor the most diverse
electrical and mechanical quantities in the feeder, and provide
reliable protection against damage in the plant. For this purpose,
they offer freely parameterizable limit values and diverse options
for adapting to the respective task, and in the event of a fault,
they provide clear diagnostics information.
The digitally adjustable products also display the current measured values direct on the device. This not only facilitates the
display of valuable plant status information during operation, it
also enables adjustment of the monitored limit values in accordance with the actual conditions.
The 3UG4 monitoring relays are available for the following
applications:
• Line and single-phase voltage monitoring
• Single-phase current monitoring or power factor and
active current monitoring
• Residual current monitoring
• Insulation monitoring
• Level monitoring
• Speed monitoring
The positive result: More selective avoidance of production
faults – sustained increases in availability and productivity.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/85
10
■ Application
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
General data
■ Technical specifications
Type
3UG
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• For 2 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
22.5 x 83 x 91
22.5 x 84 x 91
mm
mm
22.5 x 92 x 91
22.5 x 94 x 91
• For 4 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
mm
mm
22.5 x 103 x 91
22.5 x 103 x 91
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
°C
-25 ... +60
D
• For 3 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
H
mm
mm
W
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded, with end sleeves acc. to DIN 46228
Finely stranded
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Spring-type terminals
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
■ More information
10
Manual "3UG45/3UG46 and 3RR21/3RR22 Monitoring Relays"
see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54397927.
10/86
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5)/2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Can be used without auxiliary voltage in any network from
160 to 630 V AC worldwide thanks to wide voltage range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Permanent display of ACTUAL value and network fault type
on the digital versions
• Automatic correction of the direction of rotation by distinguishing between power system faults and wrong phase sequence
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4615 monitoring relay
Solid-state line monitoring relays provide maximum protection
for mobile machines and plants or for unstable networks.
Network and voltage faults can thus be detected early and
rectified before far greater damage ensues.
Depending on the version, the relays monitor phase sequence,
phase failure with and without N conductor monitoring, phase
asymmetry, undervoltage or overvoltage.
Phase asymmetry is evaluated as the difference between the
greatest and the smallest phase voltage relative to the greatest
phase voltage. Undervoltage or overvoltage exists when at least
one phase voltage deviates by 20 % from the set rated system
voltage or the directly set limit values are overshot or undershot.
The rms value of the voltage is measured.
With the 3UG4617 or 3UG4618 relay, a wrong direction of
rotation can also be corrected automatically.
The relays are used above all for mobile equipment,
e.g. air conditioning compressors, refrigerating containers,
building site compressors and cranes.
Function
Application
Phase sequence
• Direction of rotation of the drive
Phase failure
• A fuse has tripped
• Failure of the control supply voltage
• Broken cable
Phase asymmetry
• Overheating of the motor due to asymmetrical
voltage
• Detection of asymmetrically loaded networks
Undervoltage
• Increased current on a motor with
corresponding overheating
• Unintentional resetting of a device
• Network collapse, particularly with battery power
Overvoltage
• Protection of a plant against destruction due to
overvoltage
L1-L2-L3
11/14
ON 11/12
Note:
21/24
When one phase fails, connected loads (motor windings, lamps,
transformers, coils, etc.) create a feedback voltage at the terminal of the failed phase due to the network coupling. Because the
3UG4511 relays are not resistant to voltage feedback, such a
phase failure is not detected. Should this be required, then the
3UG4512 monitoring relay must be used.
21/22
NSB0_01565a
The 3UG4511 phase sequenced relay monitors the phase
sequence in a three-phase network. No adjustments are
required for operation. The device has an internal power supply
and works using the closed-circuit principle. If the phase
sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is correct, the output relay
picks up after the delay time has elapsed and the LED is lit.
If the phase sequence is wrong, the output relay remains in its
rest position.
Correct phase sequence
Wrong phase sequence
L3-L2-L1
11/14
OFF 11/12
21/24
21/22
NSB0_01566a
3UG4511 monitoring relays
10
■ Technical specifications
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/87
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
3UG4512 monitoring relays
3UG4513 monitoring relays
The 3UG4512 line monitoring relay monitors three-phase
networks with regard to phase sequence, phase failure and
phase unbalance of 10 %. Thanks to a special measuring
method, a phase failure is reliably detected in spite of the wide
voltage range from 160 to 690 V and feedback through the load
of up to 90 %. The device has an internal power supply and
works using the closed-circuit principle. No adjustments are
required. When the mains voltage is switched on, the green LED
is lit. If the phase sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is correct,
the output relay picks up. If the phase sequence is wrong, the
red LED flashes and the output relay remains in its rest position.
If a phase fails, the red LED is permanently lit and the output
relay drops.
The 3UG4513 line monitoring relay monitors three-phase
networks with regard to phase sequence, phase failure, phase
asymmetry and undervoltage of 20 %. The device has an internal power supply and works using the closed-circuit principle.
The hysteresis is 5 %. The integrated response delay time is
adjustable from 0 to 20 s and responds to undervoltage. If the
direction is incorrect, the device switches off immediately.
Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase failure is reliably
detected in spite of the wide voltage range from 160 to 690 V
and feedback through the load of up to 80 %. When the mains
voltage is switched on, the green LED is lit. If the phase sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is correct, the output relay
picks up. If the phase sequence is wrong, the red LED flashes
and the output relay remains in its rest position. If a phase fails,
the red LED is permanently lit and the output relay drops.
Note:
The red LED is a fault diagnostic indicator and does not show the
current relay status. The 3UG4512 monitoring relay is suitable for
line frequencies of 50/60 Hz.
Phase failure
Note:
The red LED is a fault diagnostic indicator and does not show the
current relay status. The 3UG4513 monitoring relay is suitable for
line frequencies of 50/60 Hz.
Phase failure and undervoltage
L1-L2-L3
L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L2-L3
-20 %
3~ n
11/14
Hysteresis
5%
L1-L2-L3
11/12
NSB0_01567a
11/14
21/24
21/22
LED rd
11/12
21/24
21/22
OFF
ON
Phase failure
LED rd
OFF
NSB0_01569b
OFF
Wrong phase sequence
ON
Phase failure
OFF
Delay
ON
OFF
Wrong phase sequence
11/14
L3-L2-L1
11/12
NSB0_01568a
11/14
21/24
21/22
LED rd
OFF FLASH
OFF
Phase sequence
11/12
NSB0_01570a
10
L3-L2-L1
21/24
21/22
LED rd
OFF FLASH
OFF
Phase sequence
10/88
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
3UG4615/3UG4616 monitoring relays
The 3UG4614 line monitoring relay has a wide voltage range
input and an internal power supply. The device is equipped with
a display and is parameterized using three buttons. The unit
monitors three-phase networks with regard to phase asymmetry
from 5 to 20 %, phase failure, undervoltage and phase
sequence. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V. In addition
the device has a response delay and ON-delay from 0 to 20 s in
each case. The integrated response delay time responds to
phase asymmetry and undervoltage. If the direction is incorrect,
the device switches off immediately. Thanks to a special
measuring method, a phase failure is reliably detected in spite
of the wide voltage range from 160 to 690 V and feedback
through the load of up to 80 %.
The 3UG4615/3UG4616 line monitoring relay has a wide voltage
range input and an internal power supply. The device is
equipped with a display and is parameterized using three buttons. The 3UG4615 device monitors three-phase networks with
regard to phase failure, undervoltage, overvoltage and phase
sequence. The 3UG4616 monitoring relay monitors the neutral
conductor as well. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V. In
addition the device has two separately adjustable delay times
for overvoltage and undervoltage from 0 to 20 s in each case. If
the direction is incorrect, the device switches off immediately.
Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase failure is reliably
detected in spite of the wide voltage range from 160 to 690 V
and feedback through the load of up to 80 %.
The 3UG4614 monitoring relay can be operated on the basis of
either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and with
manual or Auto RESET.
The 3UG4615/3UG4616 monitoring relay can be operated on
the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and
with manual or Auto RESET.
With the closed-circuit principle selected
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Wrong phase sequence
Wrong phase sequence
L3-L2-L1
11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01571a
L3-L2-L1
21/24
21/22
NSB0_01571a
3UG4614 monitoring relays
21/24
21/22
Phase failure
Phase failure
L1-L2-L3
L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3
11/14
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
Undervoltage
Undervoltage
<
Hysteresis
x-y
x-y
11/14
Hysteresis
<
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
onDelay
NSB0_01573a
NSB0_01577a
11/12
21/24
21/22
Delay
Delay
Overvoltage
Unbalance
> Asy
0%
Hysteresis
2%
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01578a
11/14
21/24
21/22
onDelay
Hysteresis
<
x-y
Delay
NSB0_01574a
U
10
21/22
NSB0_01572a
11/12
NSB0_01576a
21/24
21/24
21/22
Delay
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/89
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
Undervoltage
Hysteresis
<
x-y
11/14
11/12
50 ms
NSB0_01588a
The 3UG4617/3UG4618 line monitoring relay has an internal
power supply and can automatically correct a wrong direction of
rotation. Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase failure
is reliably detected in spite of the wide voltage range from
160 to 690 V AC and feedback through the load of up to 80 %.
The device is equipped with a display and is parameterized
using three buttons. The 3UG4617 line monitoring relay unit
monitors three-phase networks with regard to phase sequence,
phase failure, phase unbalance, undervoltage and overvoltage.
The 3UG4618 monitoring relay monitors the neutral conductor
as well. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V. In addition
the device has delay times from 0 to 20 s in each case for
overvoltage, undervoltage, phase failure and phase unbalance.
The 3UG4617/3UG4618 monitoring relay can be operated on
the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and
with manual or Auto RESET. The one changeover contact is used
for warning or disconnection in the event of power system faults
(voltage, unbalance), the other responds only to a wrong phase
sequence. In conjunction with a contactor reversing assembly it
is thus possible to change the direction automatically.
21/24
21/22
Delay
Overvoltage
>
Hysteresis
x-y
11/14
11/12
50 ms
With the closed-circuit principle selected
NSB0_01589a
3UG4617/3UG4618 monitoring relays
21/24
21/22
Phase failure
Delay
Unbalance
L1-L2-L3
L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N
> Asy
Hysteresis
2%
0%
11/14
11/12
NSB0_01587a
11/14
11/12
50 ms
NSB0_01590a
50 ms
21/24
21/22
21/24
21/22
Delay
Type
3UG4511 ... 3UG4513, 3UG4614 ... 3UG4618
10
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
mA
5
Control circuit
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
Electrical endurance AC-15
Million operating cycles
0.1
Mechanical endurance
Million operating cycles
10
Circuit diagrams
L1 L2 L3
11
NSB0_01537a
L1 L2 L3
11
21
3UG4
3UG4
12 14
3UG4511-.A,
3UG4512-.A
10/90
L1
L2
L3
N
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
NSB0_01536a
11
21
3UG4
12 14 22 24
3UG4511-.B, 3UG4512-.B,
3UG4513, 3UG4614,
3UG4615, 3UG4617
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
N L1 L2 L3
NSB0_01538a
3UG4616,
3UG4618
12 14 22 24
Note:
It is not necessary to protect
the measuring circuit for
device protection.
The protective device for line
protection depends on the
cross-section used.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3UG4511-1AP20
Adjustable Underhysteresis voltage
detection
3UG4615-1CR20
Overvoltage
detection
3UG4617-1CR20
3UG4616-1CR20
DT
3UG4618-1CR20
3UG4511-2BP20
DT
3UG4512-2BR20
Stabilization time
adjustable
stDEL
Tripping
delay time
adjustable
Del
Version of Measurable
auxiliary mains voltage1)
contacts
s
s
CO contact
V
--
1
2
160 … 260 AC
A
A
3UG4511-1AN20
3UG4511-1BN20
A
A
3UG4511-2AN20
3UG4511-2BN20
1
2
320 … 500 AC
A
A
3UG4511-1AP20
3UG4511-1BP20
A
A
3UG4511-2AP20
3UG4511-2BP20
1
2
420 … 690 AC
A
A
3UG4511-1AQ20
3UG4511-1BQ20
A
A
3UG4511-2AQ20
3UG4511-2BQ20
A
A
3UG4512-1AR20
3UG4512-1BR20
A
A
3UG4512-2AR20
3UG4512-2BR20
A
3UG4513-1BR20
A
3UG4513-2BR20
A
3UG4614-1BR20
A
3UG4614-2BR20
3UG4615-1CR20
A
3UG4615-2CR20
A
3UG4616-1CR20
A
3UG4616-2CR20
A
3UG4617-1CR20
A
3UG4617-2CR20
3UG4618-1CR20
A
3UG4618-2CR20
Screw
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of phase sequence
Auto RESET
--
--
--
--
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure and phase unbalance
Auto RESET, closed-circuit principle, unbalance threshold permanently 10 %
--
--
--
--
--
1
2
160 … 690 AC
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, unbalance and undervoltage
Analogically adjustable, Auto RESET, closed-circuit principle, unbalance and undervoltage
threshold permanently 20 %
5 % of
set value
✓
--
--
0.1 … 20
2
160 … 690 AC
Digitally adjustable, Auto or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,
unbalance threshold 0 or 5 ... 20 %
--
0.1 ... 20
0.1 … 20
2
160 … 690 AC
10
Adjustable ✓
1 ... 20 V
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, overvoltage
and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle
Adjustable ✓
1 ... 20 V
✓
--
0.1 … 202)
22)
160 … 690 AC
A
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase and N conductor failure,
overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle
Adjustable ✓
1 ... 20 V
✓
--
0.1 … 202)
22)
90… 400 AC
against N
Automatic direction correction in case of wrong phase sequence,
phase failure, phase unbalance, overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,
unbalance threshold 0 or 5 ... 20 %
Adjustable ✓
1 ... 20 V
✓
--
0.1 … 20
23)
160 … 690 AC
Automatic correction of the direction of rotation in case of wrong phase
sequence, phase and N conductor failure, phase unbalance, overvoltage
and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,
unbalance threshold 0 or 5 ... 20 %
Adjustable ✓
1 ... 20 V
✓
--
0.1 … 20
23)
90 … 400 AC
against N
✓ Function available
A
For accessories see page 10/122.
-- Function not available
1)
Absolute limit values.
2)
1 CO contact each and 1 tripping delay time each for Umin and Umax.
3)
1 CO contact each for power system fault and phase sequence correction.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/91
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Voltage monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Versions with wide voltage supply range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
• Protection of a plant against destruction due to overvoltage
• Switch-on of a plant at a defined voltage and higher
• Protection from undervoltage due to overloaded control
supply voltages, particularly with battery power
• Threshold switch for analog signals from 0.1 to 10 V
SIRIUS 3UG4631 monitoring relay
The relays monitor single-phase AC voltages (rms value) and
DC voltages against the set threshold value for overshoot and
undershoot. The devices differ with regard to their power supply
(internal or external).
■ Technical specifications
Undervoltage
The measuring range extends from 0.1 to 60 V or
10 to 600 V AC/DC. The threshold values for overshoot or
undershoot can be freely configured within this range.
If one of these threshold values is reached, the output relay
responds according to the set principle of operation as soon as
the delay time has elapsed. This delay time UDel can be set from
0.1 to 20 s. The hysteresis can be set from 0.1 to 30 V or
0.1 to 300 V. The device can be operated on the basis of either
the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and with manual or
Auto RESET. One output changeover contact is available as
signaling contact.
A1-A2
<
Hysteresis
=0
11/14
11/12
Delay
Range monitoring
A1-A2
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Overvoltage
>
<
A1-A2
Hysteresis
>
Hysteresis
11/14
11/14
11/12
Delay
10/92
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
NSB0_01583b
Hysteresis
=0
NSB0_01581a
10
The 3UG4631/3UG4632 voltage monitoring relay is supplied
with an auxiliary voltage of 24 V AC/DC or 24 to 240 V AC/DC
and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the
voltage depending on parameterization. The device is equipped
with a display and is parameterized using three buttons.
NSB0_01582a
3UG4631/3UG4632 monitoring relays
11/12
Delay
Delay
Delay =
Delay
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Voltage monitoring
Undervoltage
The 3UG4633 voltage monitoring relay has an internal power
supply and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring
of the voltage depending on parameterization. The device is
equipped with a display and is parameterized using three
buttons.
A1-A2 =
Hysteresis
The operating and measuring range extends from
17 to 275 V AC/DC. The threshold values for overshoot or
undershoot can be freely configured within this range.
If one of these threshold values is reached, the output relay
responds according to the set principle of operation as soon as
the tripping delay time has elapsed. This delay time UDel can be
set from 0.1 to 20 s like the ON-delay time onDel.
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 150 V. The device can be
operated on the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit
principle and with manual or auto RESET. One output changeover contact is available as signaling contact.
<
=0
NSB0_01585a
3UG4633 monitoring relays
11/14
11/12
onDelay
Delay
Range monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
A1-A2 =
Overvoltage
>
<
Hysteresis
A1-A2 =
Hysteresis
>
11/14
Hysteresis
11/12
NSB0_01584a
=0
11/14
11/12
onDelay
NSB0_01586a
=0
onDelay
Delay
Delay
Delay =
Delay
Delay
Type
3UG4631
3UG4632
3UG4633
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III according to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Permissible measuring range single-phase AC/DC voltage
V
0.1 … 68
10 … 650
17 … 275
Setting range single-phase voltage
V
0.1 ... 60
10 ... 600
17 ... 275
Measuring frequency
Hz
40 ... 500
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
10
General data
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
Circuit diagrams
AC/DC
ULoad
A1(+) IN(+)
AC/DC
11
AC/DC
ULoad
A1(+) IN(+)
A1(+)
11
<U
<U>
12 14
A2(–) M(–)
NSB0_01532b
3UG4631-.AA30,
3UG4632-.AA30
11
12 14
<U
12 14
A2(–) M(–)
NSB0_01614a
3UG4631-.AW30,
3UG4632-.AW30
A2(–)
Note:
It is not necessary to protect
the measuring circuit for
device protection. The protective device for line protection
depends on the cross-section
used.
NSB0_01533b
3UG4633
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/93
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Voltage monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
•
•
•
•
Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
Auto or Manual RESET
Open or closed-circuit principle
1 CO contact
3UG4631-1AA30
3UG4633-2AL30
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
Rated control supply voltage
Us
V
V
V
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Internal power supply without auxiliary voltage,
ON-delay and tripping delay times can be adjusted separately 0.1 ... 20 s
17 … 275 AC/DC
0.1 ... 150
17 … 275 AC/DC1)
A
3UG4633-1AL30
A
3UG4633-2AL30
Supplied from an external auxiliary voltage,
tripping delay time adjustable 0.1 ... 20 s
0.1 … 60 AC/DC
10 … 600 AC/DC
0.1 ... 30
0.1 ... 300
24 AC/DC
A
A
3UG4631-1AA30
3UG4632-1AA30
A
A
3UG4631-2AA30
3UG4632-2AA30
0.1 … 60 AC/DC
10 … 600 AC/DC
0.1 ... 30
0.1 ... 300
24 … 240 AC/DC
A
A
3UG4631-1AW30
3UG4632-1AW30
A
A
3UG4631-2AW30
3UG4632-2AW30
1)
Absolute limit values.
10
For accessories see page 10/122.
10/94
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Current monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Versions with wide voltage supply range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
•
•
•
•
Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring
Monitoring the functionality of electrical loads
Open-circuit monitoring
Threshold switch for analog signals from 4 to 20 mA
SIRIUS 3UG4622 monitoring relay
The relays monitor single-phase AC currents (rms value) and
DC currents against the set threshold value for overshoot and
undershoot. They differ with regard to their measuring ranges
and control supply voltage types.
■ Technical specifications
3UG4621/3UG4622 monitoring relays
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 250 mA or 0.01 to 5 A.
The device can be operated with manual or Auto RESET and on
the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle.
Following options are available: Response of the output relay
when the control supply voltage Us = ON is applied or not until
the lower measuring range limit of the measuring current
(I > 3 mA/50 mA) is reached. One output changeover contact is
available as signaling contact.
With the closed-circuit principle selected
upon application of the control supply voltage
A1-A2
<
Hysteresis
=0
11/14
11/12
onDelay
Delay
Range monitoring
A1-A2
Current overshoot
<
>
A1-A2
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
>
Hysteresis
NSB0_01626a
=0
11/14
11/12
=0
NSB0_01579a
onDelay
11/14
11/12
onDelay
Delay
Delay =
Delay
Delay
Delay
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/95
10
The measuring range extends from 3 to 500 mA or 0.05 to 10 A.
The rms value of the current is measured. The threshold values
for overshoot or undershoot can be freely configured within this
range. If one of these threshold values is reached, the output relay responds according to the set principle of operation as soon
as the tripping delay time IDel has elapsed. This time and the
ON-delay time onDel are adjustable from 0.1 to 20 s.
Current undershoot
NSB0_01580a
The 3UG4621 or 3UG4622 current monitoring relay is supplied
with an auxiliary voltage of 24 V AC/DC or 24 to 240 V AC/DC
and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the
current depending on parameterization. The device is equipped
with a display and is parameterized using three buttons.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Current monitoring
Type
3UG4621-.AA
3UG4621-.AW
3UG4622-.AA
3UG4622-.AW
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3; overvoltage category III according to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Measuring circuit
Measuring range single-phase AC/DC current
A
0.003 … 0.6
Setting range for single-phase current
A
0.003 ... 0.5
Load supply voltage
V
24
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
0.05 … 15
0.05 ... 10
Max. 3001)
Max. 5002)
Max. 3001)
Max. 5002)
24
Control circuit
1)
With protective separation.
2)
With simple separation.
Circuit diagrams
Connection diagram for 24 V AC/DC (only 3UG462.-.AA30)
ULoad
24 V AC/DC
11
A1
NSB0_01708
Load
IN
Load
< >
11
< >
14
12
M
optional A2
M
24 V AC/DC
MLoad
3UG4621-.AA30,
3UG4622-.AA30
Operation with joint
control circuit and load circuit
A1
IN
A1
A1
IN
12
14
M
A2
12
Load
o.k.
14
M
Load
3UG4621-.AW30,
3UG4622-.AW30
Three-phase operation
M
A2
MLoad
11
MLoad
3UG4621-.AW30,
3UG4622-.AW30
Single-phase operation
M
o.k.
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
< >
< >
A2
11
IN
< >
L2 L3
L1
A1
< >
NSB0_01197e
ULoad
Load
NSB0_01707
AC/DC
AC/DC
L1 L2 L3
24 V AC/DC
ULoad
Load
IN
A2
NSB0_01535b
10
3UG4621-.AA30,
3UG4622-.AA30
Operation with separate
control circuit and load circuit
o.k.
o.k.
14
NSB0_01200e
12
A2
IN
A1
Load
IN
< >
A2
M
NSB0_01198e
A1
From the following circuit diagrams it is clear that loads in
measuring circuits have to be in the current flow upstream from
the monitoring relay. Otherwise, the monitoring relay could be
destroyed and the short-circuit current could cause damage to
the plant.
NSB0_01199e
NSB0_01534b
24 V AC/DC
A1
L1
L2 L3
IN
< >
A2
M
Load
Configuring note:
A2 and M are electrically connected internally.
For applications in which the load to be monitored and the
monitoring relay are supplied from the same power supply, there
is no need for connection A2.
The load current must always flow through M or the monitoring
relay may be destroyed.
10/96
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Current monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
•
•
•
•
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
Auto or Manual RESET
Open or closed-circuit principle
1 CO contact
3UG4621-1AA30
3UG4622-2AW30
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
Rated control supply
voltage Us
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of undercurrent and overcurrent, start-up delay and
tripping delay times can be adjusted separately 0.1 ... 20 s
3 … 500 mA AC/DC
0.05 … 10 A AC/DC
0.1 ... 250 mA
0.01 ... 5 A
24 AC/DC1)
A
A
3UG4621-1AA30
3UG4622-1AA30
A
A
3UG4621-2AA30
3UG4622-2AA30
3 … 500 mA AC/DC
0.05 … 10 A AC/DC
0.1 ... 250 mA
0.01 ... 5 A
24 … 240 AC/DC2)
A
A
3UG4621-1AW30
3UG4622-1AW30
A
A
3UG4621-2AW30
3UG4622-2AW30
1)
No electrical separation. Load supply voltage 24 V.
2)
Electrical separation between control circuit and measuring circuit.
Load supply voltage for protective separation max. 300 V,
for simple isolation max. 500 V.
For accessories see page 10/122.
10
With AC currents I > 10 A it is possible to use 4NC current
transformers as an accessory, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage
Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/97
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Power factor and active current monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Can be used worldwide thanks to wide voltage range from
90 to 690 V (absolute limit values)
• Monitoring of even small single-phase motors with a no-load
supply current below 0.5 A
• Simple determination of threshold values by the direct
collection of measured variables on motor loading
• Range monitoring and active current measurement enable
detection of cable breaks between control cabinets and
motors, as well as phase failures
• Power factor or Ires (active current) can be selected as
measurement principle
• Width 22.5 mm
• All versions with removable terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4641 monitoring relay
The 3UG4641 power factor and active current monitoring device
enables the load monitoring of motors.
Whereas power factor monitoring is used above all for
monitoring no-load operation, the active current monitoring
option can be used to observe and evaluate the load factor over
the entire torque range.
• No-load monitoring and load shedding, such as in the event of
a V-belt tear
• Underload monitoring in the low performance range,
e.g. in the event of pump no-load operation
• Monitoring of overload, e.g. due to a dirty filter system
• Simple power factor monitoring in power systems for control of
compensation equipment
• Broken cable between control cabinet and motor
■ Technical specifications
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Response in the event of undershooting the measuring range
limit
• With activated monitoring of Ires▼
Lx-Ly/N
I < 0,2 A
I = 0,2 A
I=0
Ires
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
onDelay
Lx-Ly/N
< 0,2 A
= 0,2 A
=0
res
= off
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
onDelay
10/98
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
onDelay
• With deactivated monitoring of active current undershooting
The relay operates either according to the open-circuit or
closed-circuit principle. If the device is set to Auto RESET
(Memory = No), depending on the set principle of operation, the
switching relay returns to its initial state and the flashing ends
when the hysteresis threshold is reached.
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes), the
switching relay remains in its current switching state and the
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and
overshooting continues to flash, even when the measured
variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault
status can be reset by pressing the UP▲ or DOWN▼ key
simultaneously for 2 seconds, or by switching the supply voltage
off and back on again.
NSB0_01658b
The 3UG4641 monitoring relay is self-powered and serves the
single-phase monitoring of the p.f. or performs overshoot,
undershoot or range monitoring of the active current depending
on how it is parameterized. The load to be monitored is
connected upstream of the IN terminal. The load current flows
through the terminals IN and Ly/N. The setting range for the
power factor is 0.1 to 0.99 and for the active current Ires
0.2 to 10 A. If the control supply voltage is switched on and no
load current flows, the display will show I < 0.2 and a symbol for
overrange, underrange or range monitoring. If the motor is now
switched on and the current exceeds 0.2 A, the set ON-delay
time begins. During this time, if the set limit values are undershot
or exceeded, this does not lead to a relay reaction of the
changeover contact. If the operational flowing active current
and/or the p.f. value falls below or exceeds the respective set
threshold value, the spike delay begins. When this time has
expired, the relay changes its switch position. The relevant
measured variables for overshooting and undershooting in the
display flash. If the monitoring of active current undershooting is
deactivated (Ires▼= OFF) and the load current drops below the
lower measuring range threshold (0.2 A), then the CO contacts
remain unchanged. If a threshold value is set for the monitoring
of active current undershooting, then undershooting of the
measuring range threshold (0.2 A) will result in a response of the
CO contacts.
NSB0_01917b
10
3UG4641 monitoring relays
onDelay
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Power factor and active current monitoring
Overshooting of active current
Overshooting of power factor
>
> cos φ
res
cos φ
res
Hysteresis
=0
p.f.
Hysteresis 0,10
cos φ = 0
11/14
11/14
21/24
NSB0_01659a
21/24
21/22
onDelay
NSB0_01662b
11/12
11/12
21/22
onDelay
Delay
Undershooting of active current
Delay
Undershooting of power factor
<
< cos φ
res
Hysteresis 0,10
Hysteresis
res
=0
cos φ = 0
11/14
11/14
NSB0_01660a
21/22
21/24
21/22
onDelay
Delay
onDelay
Range monitoring of active current
>
res
Delay
10
21/24
NSB0_01663b
11/12
11/12
Range monitoring of power factor
<
> cos φ
res
res
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
res
=0
cos φ
cos φ
p.f.
< cos φ
Hysteresis
0,10
cos φ = 0
11/14
11/14
NSB0_01661a
21/24
21/22
Delay
Delay
NSB0_01664b
11/12
11/12
onDelay
cos φ
p.f.
21/24
21/22
onDelay
Delay
Delay
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/99
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Power factor and active current monitoring
Type
3UG4641
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Control circuit
2
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
Circuit diagrams
L/N
Ln
Ln
Ln
n = 1,2,3
Ln
Ln
Ln
n = 1,2,3
M
3~
M
3~
M
1~
Lx
IN
3UG4641
Ly/N
Lx
3UG4641
12
11 cos φ /
14
r
22
21cos φ /
24
r
IN
12
11cos φ /
Lx
3UG4641
IN
r
12
11cos φ /
14
r
r
22
21cos φ /
24
r
14
22
21cos φ /
24
Ly/N
NSB0_01654c
NSB0_01655c
Ly/N
N/L
Three-phase motors
Three-phase motors with transformers
for currents > 10 A
10
Single-phase motors
NSB0_01656c
■ Selection and ordering data
• For monitoring the power factor and the active current Ires
(p.f. x I)
• Suitable for single- and three-phase currents
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Upper and lower threshold value can be adjusted separately
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 changeover contact each for undershoot/overshoot
Measuring range
For power
factor
Adjustable
hysteresis
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
ON-delay
time
adjustFor active For
For active able
onDel
current
power current
Ires
factor Ires
Tripping
delay time
adjustable
I▲Del/
I▼Del,
 ▲Del/
 ▼Del
Rated control DT
supply
voltage Us1)
A
s
V
P.f.
0.10 ... 0.99 0.2 ... 10.0 0.1
1)
A
s
0.1 ... 2.0 0 ... 99
Spring-type
terminals
50/60 Hz AC
Article No.
P.f.
DT
Screw terminals
0.1 ... 20.0 90 ... 690
A
3UG4641-1CS20
Price
per PU
Article No.
A
Price
per PU
3UG4641-2CS20
Absolute limit values.
For accessories see page 10/122.
With AC active currents Ires > 10 A it is possible to use 4NC
current transformers as an accessory, see Catalog LV 10
"Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation
Technology".
10/100
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual current monitoring:
Residual-current monitoring relays
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Worldwide use thanks to wide voltage range from
24 to 240 V AC/DC
• High measuring accuracy ± 7.5%
• Permanent self-monitoring
• Variable threshold values for warning and disconnection
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Permanent display of the actual value and fault diagnostics via
the display
• High level of flexibility and space saving through installation of
the transformer inside or outside the control cabinet
• Width 22.5 mm
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4625 monitoring relay
The 3UG4625 residual-current monitoring relays are used in
conjunction with the 3UL23 residual-current transformers for
monitoring plants in which higher residual currents are increasingly expected due to ambient conditions. Monitoring encompasses pure AC residual currents or AC residual currents with a
pulsating DC fault current component (transformer type A in
accordance with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).
Monitoring of plants in which residual currents can occur,
e.g. due to dust deposits or moisture, porous cables and leads,
or capacitive residual currents
■ Technical specifications
3UG4625 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
The main conductor, and any neutral conductor to which a load
is connected, are routed through the opening of the annular ring
core of a residual-current transformer. A secondary winding is
placed around this annular strip-wound core to which the monitoring relay is connected.
Residual current monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
If the measured residual current exceeds the set warning value,
the associated changeover contact instantly changes the
switching state and an indication appears on the display.
If the measured residual current exceeds the set tripping value,
the set delay time begins and the associated relay symbol
flashes. On expiry of this time, the associated changeover
contact changes the switching state.
ON-delay time for motor start
To be able to start a drive when a residual current is detected,
the output relays switch to the OK state for an adjustable
ON-delay time depending on the selected open-circuit principle
or closed-circuit principle.
>
Hysteresis
!
10
However, if an insulation fault occurs downstream of the residual
current operated circuit breaker, the sum of the inflowing currents is greater than that of the outward currents. The differential
current - the residual current - induces a secondary current in
the secondary winding of the transformer. This current is evaluated in the monitoring relay and is used on the one hand to
display the actual residual current and on the other, to switch the
relay if the set warning or tripping threshold is overshot.
> !
Hysteresis = 5 %
= 0,02 A
=0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00225
If operation of a plant is fault-free, the sum of the inflowing and
outward currents equals zero. No current is then induced in the
secondary winding of the residual-current transformer.
A1-A2
21/24
21/22
Init
Delay
onDelay
onDelay
If the device is set to Auto RESET, the relay switches back to the
OK state for the tripping value once the value falls below the set
hysteresis threshold and the display stops flashing.
The associated relay changes its switching state if the value falls
below the fixed hysteresis value of 5 % of the set warning value.
Any overshoots are therefore not stored.
The changeover contacts do not react if the set threshold values
are overshot during this period.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/101
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual current monitoring:
Residual-current monitoring relays
Residual current monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes)
A1-A2
Reset
t > 2,5 s
> !
>
Hysteresis
!
Note:
Hysteresis = 5 %
The neutral conductor must not be grounded downstream of the
residual-current transformer as this may impair the function of
the residual current monitoring device.
= 0,02 A
=0
11/14
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relays
remain in their current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting continues to flash, even
when the measured residual current returns to a permissible
value. This stored fault status can be reset by pressing the UP▲
or DOWN▼ key simultaneously for > 2 seconds, or by switching
the supply voltage off and back on again.
11/12
IC01_00226
21/24
21/22
Init
Delay
onDelay onDelay
onDelay
Type
3UG4625-1CW30,
3UG4625-2CW30
General data
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to IEC 60664
for pollution degree 3 rated value
V
300
Impulse withstand voltage rated value Uimp
kV
4
Control circuit
2
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Thermal current of the non-solid-state contact blocks maximum
A
5
Current carrying capacity of the output relay
• At AC-15 at 250 V at 50/60 Hz
• At DC-13
- At 24 V
- At 125 V
- At 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Operational current at 17 V minimum
mA
5
10
Circuit diagram
A1
+
A2
C1 C2
IC01_00224
3UG4625
10/102
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
11
21
12 14
22 24
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual current monitoring:
Residual-current monitoring relays
■ Selection and ordering data
• For monitoring residual currents from 0.03 to 40 A,
from 16 to 400 Hz
• For 3UL23 residual-current transformers with feed-through
opening from 35 to 210 mm
• Permanent self-monitoring
• Certified in accordance with IEC 60947, functionality
corresponds to IEC 62020
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• Separately adjustable limit value and warning threshold
• 1 changeover contact each for warning threshold and tripping
threshold
3UG4625-1CW30
3UG4625-2CW30
Measurable
current
Adjustable Switching Adjustable Control supply voltage
response hysteresis ON-delay
value
time
At 50 Hz At 60 Hz At DC
current
at AC
at AC
rated
rated
rated
value
value
value
A
A
0.01 ... 43 0.03 ... 40
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
V
DT
%
s
V
0 to 50
0 ... 20
24 ... 240 24 ... 240 24 ... 240 A
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
V
3UG4625-1CW30
A
3UG4625-2CW30
For accessories see page 10/122.
10
3UL23 residual-current transformers see page 10/104.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/103
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual current monitoring:
Residual-current transformers
■ Overview
■ Technical specifications
Dimension drawing
b
c
a
e
d
IC01_00229a
6,2
f
SIRIUS 3UL23 residual-current transformer
The 3UL23 residual-current transformers detect residual
currents in machines and plants. They are suitable for pure
AC residual currents or AC residual currents with a pulsating
DC fault current component (transformer type A in accordance
with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).
Together with the 3UG4625, 3UG4825 residual-current monitoring relays for IO-Link or the SIMOCODE 3UF motor management
and control device they enable residual-current and ground-fault
monitoring.
The 3UL2302-1A and 3UL2303-1A residual-current transformers
with a feed-through opening from 35 to 55 mm can be mounted
in conjunction with the 3UL2900 accessories on a TH 35 standard mounting rail according to IEC 60715.
Type
a
b
c
d
e
f
3UL2302-1A
3UL2303-1A
3UL2304-1A
3UL2305-1A
3UL2306-1A
3UL2307-1A
35
55
80
110
140
210
70
92
124,5
163
201
300
75,5
98
130
169
207,5
286
50
50
50
50
50
46
64
64
64
64
64
62
-38
60
84,5
110
161
10
■ Selection and ordering data
Diameter of the bushing opening
Connectable cross-section
of the connecting terminal
mm
mm2
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
Residual-current transformer
(essential accessory for 3UG4625, 3UG4825 or SIMOCODE 3UF)
35
55
80
2.5
2.5
2.5
B
B
B
3UL2302-1A
3UL2303-1A
3UL2304-1A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
110
140
210
2.5
2.5
4
B
B
B
3UL2305-1A
3UL2306-1A
3UL2307-1A
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41H
41H
41H
Version
DT
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Adapters
A
3UL2900
1
2 units
41H
■ Accessories
Price
per PU
Adapters
For mounting onto standard rail
for 3UL23 to diameter 55 mm
3UL2900
10/104
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation monitoring:
General data
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Devices for AC and DC systems
• All devices have a wide control supply voltage range
• Direct connection to networks with mains voltages of up to
690 V AC and 1 000 V DC by means of a voltage reducer
module
• For AC supply systems: Frequency range 15 to 400 Hz
• Monitoring of broken conductors
• Monitoring of setting errors
• Safety in use thanks to integrated system test after start-up
• Option of resetting and testing (by means of button on front or
using control contact)
• New predictive measurement principle allows very fast
response times
■ Application
Insulation monitoring relays are used for monitoring the
insulation resistance between ungrounded single or three-phase
AC supplies and a protective conductor.
Ungrounded, i.e. isolated networks (IT networks) are always
used where high demands are placed on the reliability of the
power supply, e.g. emergency lighting systems. IT systems are
supplied via an isolating transformer or by power supply sources
such as batteries or a generator. While an initial insulation fault
between a phase conductor and the ground effectively grounds
the conductor, as a result no circuit has been closed, so it is possible to continue work in safety (single-fault safety). However, the
fault must be rectified as quickly as possible before a second
insulation fault occurs (e.g. according to DIN VDE 0100-410).
For this purpose insulation monitoring relays are used, which
constantly measure the resistance to ground of the phase
conductor and the neutral conductor, reporting a fault immediately if insulation resistance falls below the set value so that
either a controlled shutdown can be performed or the fault can
be rectified without interrupting the power supply.
IT networks are used for example:
• In emergency power supplies
• In safety lighting systems
• In industrial production facilities with high availability requirements (chemical industry, automobile manufacturing, printing
plants)
• In shipping and railways
• For mobile generators (aircraft)
• For renewable energies, such as wind energy and
photovoltaic power plants
• In the mining industry
10
SIRIUS 3UG458. insulation monitor
Two series
• 3UG4581 insulation monitoring relays for ungrounded
AC networks
• 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relays for
ungrounded DC and AC networks
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/105
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation monitoring:
General data
■ Technical specifications
Type
3UG4581-1AW30
3UG4582-1AW30
3UG4583-1CW30
Setting range for the setpoint response values
• 1 ... 100 k
• 2 ... 200 k
✓
--
✓
--
✓
✓
Rated voltage of the network being monitored
• 0 ... 250 V AC
• 0 ... 440 V AC
• 0 ... 690 V AC
• 0 … 300 V DC
• 0 … 600 V DC
• 0 ... 1 000 V DC
-✓
-----
✓
--✓
---
-✓
✓ 1)
-✓
✓ 1)
Max. leakage capacitance of the system
• 10F
• 20F
✓
--
✓
--
-✓
Output contacts
• 1 CO
• 2 CO or 1 CO + 1 CO, adjustable
✓
--
✓
--
-✓
Number of limit values
•1
• 1 or 2, adjustable
✓
--
✓
--
-✓
Principle of operation
Closed-circuit principle
Closed-circuit principle
Open-circuit/closed-circuit principle, adjustable
Rated control supply voltage
• 24 ... 240 V AC/DC
✓
✓
✓
Rated frequency
• 15 ... 400 Hz
• 50/60 Hz
-✓
✓
--
✓
--
Auto or Manual RESET
✓
Adjustable
✓
Adjustable
✓
Adjustable
Remote RESET
✓
Via control input
✓
Via control input
✓
Via control input
Non-volatile error memory
--
--
✓
Adjustable
Broken wire detection
--
--
✓
Adjustable
General data
10
Replacement for
Rated control supply
voltage Us
Voltage range of the
network being monitored
3UG3081-1AK20
110 ... 130/220 ... 240 V AC/DC
3 x 230/400 V AC
✓
--
--
3UG3081-1AW30
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
3 x 230/400 V AC
✓
--
--
3UG3082-1AW30
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
24 ... 240 V DC
--
✓
--
✓ Available
-- Not available
1)
With voltage reducer module.
10/106
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation monitoring
for ungrounded AC networks
■ Overview
The 3UG4581 insulation monitoring relays are used to monitor
insulation resistance according to IEC 61557-8 in ungrounded
AC networks with rated voltages of up to 400 V.
These devices can monitor control circuits (single-phase) and
main circuits (three-phase).
They measure insulation resistances between system cables
and system ground. If the value falls below the threshold value,
the output relays are switched to fault status.
In the case of 3UG4581 a higher-level DC measuring signal is
used. The higher-level DC measuring signal and the resulting
current are used to determine the value of the insulation resistance of the network which is to be measured.
SIRIUS 3UG4581 insulation monitor
■ Technical specifications
3UG4581 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Insulation resistance monitoring with fault storage and
Manual RESET
A1+/A2-
A1+/A2-
Y1-Y3
Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value
Y2-Y3
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value
Closed-circuit principle
11-14
11-12
ts
: green LED
: red LED
: yellow LED
IC01_00074
: green LED
F
ts
F
IC01_00075
Closed-circuit principle
11-14
11-12
10
Insulation resistance monitoring without fault storage,
with Auto RESET
: red LED
: yellow LED
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/107
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation monitoring
for ungrounded AC networks
Type
3UG4581
mm
22.5 x 100 x 100
D
H
Dimensions (W x H x D)
W
Screw terminals
Connection type
mm2
mm2
AWG
2 x (0.5 ... 4)
2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to IEC 60664
V
400 supply circuit/measuring circuit
300 supply circuit/output circuit
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Rated control supply voltage
V
24 ... 240 AC/DC
Rated frequency
Hz
15 ... 400
Rated mains voltage of the network being monitored
V
0 ... 400
Rated frequency of the network being monitored
Hz
50 ... 60
Setting range for insulation resistance
k
1 ... 100
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
4
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
A
A
3
2
Minimum contact load at 24 V DC
mA
10
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
General data
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
Circuit diagram
Note:
L
A1
kΩ
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
11
A2
10
12
IC01_00141
3UG4581
10/108
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
14
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation monitoring
for ungrounded AC networks
Connection diagrams for networks up to 400 V AC
A1+
Y1
11
Y2
Y3
L
14
12
A2-
2-wire
L
N
PE
3-wire
L1
L2
L3
PE
4-wire
IC01_00076
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
■ Selection and ordering data
Auto or Manual RESET
Closed-circuit principle
1 CO contact
Fault memory adjustable using control input (Y2-Y3)
Reset by means of button on front or using control input
(Y2-Y3)
• Test by means of button on front or using control input
(Y1-Y3)
Rated
Measuring Rated control
System
mains
range Ue
supply voltage Us leakage
voltage Un
capacitance
V AC
k
V
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
F
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
1
1 unit
41H
Price
per PU
Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC networks
0 ... 400
1 ... 100
24 ... 240 AC/DC
max. 10
B
3UG4581-1AW30
3UG4581-1AW30
For accessories see page 10/122.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/109
10
•
•
•
•
•
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation monitoring
for ungrounded DC and AC networks
■ Overview
They measure insulation resistances between system cables
and system ground. If the value falls below the threshold value,
the output relays are switched to fault status. With these devices,
which are suitable for both AC and DC networks, a pulsed test
signal is fed into the network to be monitored and the isolation
resistance is determined.
The pulsed test signal changes its form according to insulation
resistance and network loss capacitance. The changed form is
used to predict the changed insulation resistance.
If the predicted insulation resistance matches the insulation resistance calculated in the next measurement cycle, and is lower
than the threshold value, the output relays are activated or deactivated, depending on the device configuration. This measurement principle is also suitable for identifying symmetrical insulation faults.
3UG4983 voltage reducer module
SIRIUS 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitors
The 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relays are
used to monitor insulation resistance in ungrounded IT AC or DC
networks according to IEC 61557-8.
The 3UG4983 passive voltage reducer module can be used to
allow the 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relay to be used for
insulation monitoring of IT networks with rated voltages of up to
690 V AC and 1 000 V DC.
■ Technical specifications
3UG4582 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Insulation resistance monitoring with fault storage and
Manual RESET
A1+/A2-
A1+/A2-
Y1-Y3
Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value
Y2-Y3
Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value
Closed-circuit principle
11-14
11-12
ts
: green LED
: green LED
F
: red LED
: yellow LED
10/110
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
ts
F
: red LED
: yellow LED
IC01_00075
Closed-circuit principle
11-14
11-12
IC01_00074
10
Insulation resistance monitoring without fault storage,
with Auto RESET
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation monitoring
for ungrounded DC and AC networks
3UG4583 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Insulation resistance monitoring without fault storage,
with Auto RESET
Insulation resistance monitoring with fault storage and
Manual RESET
A1+/A2-
A1+/A2-
Y1-Y3
Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3
Measured Value
Hysteresis
Prewarning
Hysteresis
Final switch-off
Open-circuit
principle open
11-14
11-12
Y2-Y3
Measured Value
Hysteresis
Prewarning
Hysteresis
Final switch-off
Open-circuit
principle open
11-14
11-12
ts
21-24
21-22
21-24
21-22
LED
LED
LED F
LED F
LED
ts
LED
closed
11-14
11-12
11-14
11-12
21-24
21-24
21-24
21-24
LED
LED
LED F
LED
Type
mm
LED F
LED
3UG4582
3UG4583
22.5 x 100 x 100
45 x 100 x 100
D
H
10
Dimensions (W x H x D)
IC01_00084
Closed-circuit
principle
closed
IC01_00083
Closed-circuit
principle
ts
W
Screw terminals
Connection type
mm2
mm2
AWG
2 x (0.5 ... 4)
2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to IEC 60664
V
400 supply circuit/measuring
400 supply circuit/measuring circuit
circuit, 300 supply circuit/output 300 supply circuit/output circuit,
circuit
300 output circuit 1/output circuit 2
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
General data
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Rated control supply voltage
V AC/DC
24 ... 240
Rated frequency
Hz
15 ... 400
V
V
0 ... 250 AC,
0 ... 300 DC
Rated frequency of the network being monitored
Hz
DC or 15 ... 400
Setting range for insulation resistance
k
1 ... 100
1 ... 100
2 ... 200 for 2nd limit value
(disconnectable)
1
2 or 1 + 1, adjustable
Measuring circuit
Rated mains voltage of the network being monitored
0 ... 300 AC, 0 ... 690 AC with 3UG4983
0 ... 600 DC, 0 ... 1 000 DC with 3UG4983
Control circuit
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
4
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
A
A
3
2
Minimum contact load at 24 V DC
mA
10
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/111
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation monitoring
for ungrounded DC and AC networks
Circuit diagrams
L+
L-
L+
KE
A1
KE
A1
11
kΩ
L-
11
kΩ
21
A2
A2
12
12
14
14
22
24
IC01_00140
IC01_00142
3UG4582
3UG4583
Note:
L+
L-
VS
VE
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
kΩ
IC01_00139
VL+ VL-
V1+ V1-
V
3UG4983
Connection diagrams
3UG4582
AC network, 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
A1+
Y1
L+
14
DC network, 2-wire or 3-wire
11
Y2
L12
KE
Y3
11
Y2
KE
Y3
L+
14
L12
A2
A2
2-wire
L
2-wire
N
L+
PWM
PE
10
A1+
Y1
DC
LPE
3-wire
L1
L2
3-wire
PE
L+
PWM
DC
PWM
4-wire
LL+
L+
L-
L-
M
L1
L3
N
PE
IC01_00077
L2
DC
PE
IC01_00078
L3
Note:
L+ and L- can be connected to any wire, but each to a different
wire. Un  250 V AC or 300 V DC.
10/112
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation monitoring
for ungrounded DC and AC networks
3UG4583
AC network, 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
DC network, 2-wire or 3-wire
A1+ 11 21 Y1 Y2 Y3
A1+ 11 21 Y1 Y2 Y3
12 14 L+ VS V1+ V122 24 L- KE
A2-
2-wire
12 14 L+ VS V1+ V122 24 L- KE
A2-
L
2-wire
N
L+
PWM
PE
DC
LPE
3-wire
L1
L2
3-wire
PE
L+
PWM
DC
LL+
PWM
4-wire
IC01_00080
L3
L+
M
DC
L-
IC01_00079
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
LPE
Note:
L+ and L- can be connected to any wire, but each to a different
wire. Un  400 V AC or 600 V DC.
Use a voltage reducer module to monitor systems with higher
voltages.
3UG4983 voltage reducer module
AC network, 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
VL-
A1+ 11 21 Y1 Y2 Y3
VL+
L+ V1+
L- V1VS VE V
VL-
A1+ 11 21 Y1 Y2 Y3
L- V1VS VE V
12 14 L+ VS V1+ V122 24 L- KE
A2-
10
VL+
DC network, 2-wire or 3-wire
12 14 L+ VS V1+ V122 24 L- KE
A2-
2-wire
L+ V1+
L
2-wire
N
L+
PWM
PE
DC
LPE
3-wire
L1
L2
3-wire
PE
L+
PWM
DC
PWM
4-wire
LL+
L+
L-
L-
IC01_00082
L3
M
L1
L3
N
PE
DC
IC01_00081
L2
PE
Note:
L+ and L- can be connected to any wire, but each to a different
wire. Un  400 V AC or 600 V DC.
Use a voltage reducer module to monitor systems with higher
voltages.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/113
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation monitoring
for ungrounded DC and AC networks
■ Selection and ordering data
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Rated control supply voltage Us 24...240 V AC/DC
• 3UG4582: Closed-circuit principle
3UG4583: Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle, adjustable
• 1 or 2 CO contacts
• Fault memory adjustable using control input (Y2-Y3)
• Reset by means of button on front or using control input
(Y2-Y3)
• Test by means of button on front or using control input
(Y1-Y3)
• 3UG4583: Non-volatile fault storage can be configured
• 3UG4583: 2 separate limit values (e.g. for warning and
disconnection) or 2 CO contacts for one limit value (e.g. for a
local alarm and signaling to the PLC via separate circuits) can
be configured
Rated system
voltage Un
System
leakage
capacitance
V
F
Output
relays
Note:
With the 3UG4983-1A coupling unit, connection to networks with
a voltage of up to 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC is possible,
see below.
Measuring Broken wire DT
range Ue
detection
in the
measuring
range
Screw terminals
Article No.
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Price
per PU
k
3UG4582 insulation monitors
0 ... 250 AC,
0 ... 300 DC
✓
max. 10
1 CO
1 ... 100
B
3UG4582-1AW30
1
1 unit
41H
max. 20
2 CO or
1 CO +
1 CO,
adjustable
1 ... 100,
✓
B
2 ... 200 for Adjustable
2nd limit
value,
adjustable
3UG4583-1CW30
1
1 unit
41H
3UG4983-1A
1
1 unit
41H
3UG4582-1AW30
3UG4583 insulation monitors
10
0 ... 400 AC,
0 ... 600 DC 1)
3UG4583-1CW30
Voltage reducer module for 3UG4583
For extending the mains voltage range to
max. 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC
B
3UG4983-1A
✓ Available
1)
With 3UG4983-1A voltage reducer module suitable also for the insulation
monitoring of IT networks up to 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC.
For accessories see page 10/122.
10/114
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Level monitoring:
Level monitoring relays
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Can be used worldwide thanks to wide voltage range from
24 to 240 V (absolute limit values)
• Individually shortenable 2 and 3-pole wire electrodes for easy
mounting from above/below
• Bow electrodes for installation from the side, for larger filling
levels and minimum space requirements
• Can be flexibly adapted to different conductive liquids through
analog setting of the sensitivity from 2 to 200 k
• Compensation for wave movements through tripping delay
times from 0.1 to 10 s
• Upstream or downstream function selectable
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4501 monitoring relay
The 3UG4501 level monitoring relay is used in combination with
2- or 3-pole sensors to monitor the levels of conductive liquids.
•
•
•
•
Single-point and two-point level monitoring
Overflow protection
Dry run protection
Leak monitoring
■ Technical specifications
3UG4501 monitoring relays
The principle of operation of the 3UG4501 level monitoring relay
is based on measuring the electrical resistance of the liquid
between two immersion sensors and a reference terminal. If the
measured value is lower than the sensitivity set at the front, the
output relay changes its switching state. In order to exclude
electrolytic phenomena in the liquid, the sensors are supplied
with alternating current.
UNDER, two-point control
RESET
A1/A2
> 0,5 s + t
Two-point control
Max
t
t
t
t
11/14
OVER, two-point control
11/12
t = Delay 0,5 - 10 s
RESET
A1/A2
Note:
> 0,5 s + t
It is also possible to connect other resistance sensors to the Min
and Max terminals in the range 2 to 200 kW, e.g. photoresistors,
temperature sensors, encoders based on resistance, etc. The
monitoring relay can therefore also be used for other applications as well as for monitoring the levels of liquids.
Max
t
t
t
t
NSB0_01799b
Min
11/14
11/12
t = Delay 0,5 - 10 s
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/115
10
Min
NSB0_01800b
The output relay changes its switching state as soon as the liquid
level reaches the maximum sensor, while the minimum sensor is
submerged. The relay returns to its original switching state as
soon as the minimum sensor no longer has contact with the
liquid.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Level monitoring:
Level monitoring relays
UNDER, single-point control
If only one level is being controlled, the terminals for Min and
Max on the monitoring relay are bridged. The output relay
changes its switching state as soon as the liquid level is reached
and returns to its original switching state once the sensor no
longer has contact with the liquid.
RESET
A1/A2
> 0,5 s + t
In order to prevent premature tripping of the switching function
caused by wave motion or frothing, even though the set level has
not been reached, it is possible to delay this function by
0.5 ... 10 s.
Max Min
t
For safe resetting, the control supply voltage must be interrupted
for at least the set delay time of +0.5 s.
t
t
11/14
OVER, single-point control
11/12
t = Delay 0,5 - 10 s
RESET
A1/A2
> 0,5 s + t
Max Min
t
t
t
NSB0_01801b
t
11/14
11/12
t = Delay 0,5 - 10 s
Type
3UG4501
10
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3,
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Electrode current, max. (typ. 70 Hz)
mA
1
Electrode voltage, max. (typ. 70 Hz)
V
15
Sensor feeder cable
m
Max. 100
Conductor capacity of sensor cable1)
nF
Max. 10
Load capacity of the output relay
Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
1)
The sensor cable does not necessarily have to be shielded, but we do not
recommend installing this cable parallel to the power supply lines. It is also
possible to use a shielded cable, whereby the shield has to be connected
to the M terminal.
10/116
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
t
NSB0_01802c
Single-point control
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Level monitoring:
Level monitoring relays
Circuit diagrams
AC/+U
AC/+U
K1
A1 (+)
Max
Min
A1 (+)
M
3UG4501
Max Min
11
12 14
M
3UG4501
11
K1
12
14
NSB0_01796b
A2 (–)
A2 (–)
AC/0V
AC/0V
Schematic circuit diagram
NSB0_01797b
Circuit example of two-point control with outlet monitoring
AC/+U
A1 (+)
Max Min
M
11
K1
12 14
3UG4501
K1
A2 (–)
NSB0_01798b
AC/0V
Circuit example of single-point control with inlet monitoring
• For level monitoring of electrically conductive liquids
• Control principle: inlet or sequence control adjustable per
rotary switch
• Single-point and two-point control possible
• Analogically adjustable sensitivity
(specific resistance of the liquid)
• Analogically adjustable tripping delay time
• 1 yellow LED for displaying the relay state
• 1 green LED for displaying the applied control supply voltage
• 1 CO contact
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Sensitivity
Tripping delay time
k
s
V
AC/DC
2 ... 200
0.5 ... 10
241)
A
3UG4501-1AA30
A
3UG4501-2AA30
24 ... 240
A
3UG4501-1AW30
A
3UG4501-2AW30
1)
Rated control supply
voltage Us
10
■ Selection and ordering data
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
The rated control supply voltage and the measuring circuit are not
electrically separated.
For accessories see page 10/122.
For level monitoring sensors see page 10/118.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/117
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Level monitoring:
Level monitoring sensors
■ Technical specifications
Type
3UG3207-3A
three-pole
3UG3207-2B
two-pole
500
mm
Length
3UG3207-2A
two-pole
3UG3207-1B
single-pole
3UG3207-1C
single-pole
--
Yes
--
Insulation Teflon insulation (PTFE)
Yes
Installation
Vertical
Lateral
22
Screw-in gland width A/F
Thread
inch
R 3/8
Connecting cable
mm2
3 x 0.5, 2 m long
Operating temperature
°C
90
Operating pressure
bar
10
Cable/electrode assignment
• Cable brown
Center electrode
• Cable white
Not assignable
• Cable green
Not assignable
Not assignable
Gland
--
Not assignable
Electrode
--
NSB0_00993a
15 15
7±1
NSB0_00994
0,5
15 15
500
PTFE
insulation
15 15
7±1
6±1
NSB0_00995
5
500
3UG3207-2A
6±1
40
50
15 15
15 15
5
3UG3207-3A
SW 22
SW 22
SW 22
SW 22
SW 22
0,5
5
NSB0_00991a
NSB0_00992
Dimensional drawings
3UG3207-1C
3UG3207-2B
3UG3207-1B
■ Selection and ordering data
Version
DT Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Level monitoring sensors (essential accessory)
10
The wire electrodes can be cut or bent to the required length
before or after installation. The Teflon insulation must be removed
over a length of approx. 5 mm.
Three-pole wire electrodes, 500 mm long
A
3UG3207-3A
1
1 unit
41H
A
3UG3207-2A
1
1 unit
41H
A
3UG3207-2B
1
1 unit
41H
A
3UG3207-1B
1
1 unit
41H
A
3UG3207-1C
1
1 unit
41H
For 2-point liquid level control in an insulating tank.
One electrode each for the min. and max. value and a common
reference electrode.
3UG3207-3A
Two-pole wire electrodes, 500 mm long
For alarm indication in the event of overflow or low level and for
2-point liquid level control, when the conductive tank is used as the
reference electrode.
3UG3207-2A
Two-pole bow electrodes
Thanks to the small space requirements due to lateral fitting, ideal
for use in small containers and pipes, as a leak monitor and level
monitor or for warning of water entering an enclosure.
3UG3207-2B
Single-pole bow electrodes for lateral fitting
As a max. value electrode for lateral fitting or for alarm indication in
conductive tanks or pipes.
3UG3207-1B
Single-pole rod electrodes for lateral fitting
For high flow velocities or for intensively sparkling fluids.
3UG3207-1C
10/118
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Speed monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Can be used worldwide thanks to wide voltage range from
24 to 240 V (absolute limit values)
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Permanent display of actual value and fault type
• Use of up to 10 sensors per revolution on motors rotating
extremely slowly
• 2- or 3-wire sensors and sensors with a mechanical switching
output or solid-state-output can be connected
• Auxiliary voltage for sensor integrated
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4651 monitoring relay
The 3UG4651 monitoring relay is used in combination with a
sensor to monitor motor drives for overspeed and/or underspeed.
• Slip or tear of a belt drive
• Overload monitoring
• Transport monitoring for completeness
Furthermore, the monitoring relay is ideal for all functions where
a continuous pulse signal needs to be monitored (e.g. belt travel
monitoring, completeness monitoring, passing monitoring,
clock-time monitoring).
■ Technical specifications
3UG4651 monitoring relays
In the monitoring relay, the time between two successive rising
edges of the pulse encoder is measured and compared to the
minimum and/or maximum permissible period duration calculated from the set limit values for the speed.
Thus, the period duration measurement recognizes any deviation in speed after just two pulses, even at very low speeds or in
the case of extended pulse gaps.
By using up to ten pulse encoders evenly distributed around the
circumference, it is possible to shorten the period duration, and
in turn the response time. By taking into account the number of
sensors in the monitoring relay, the speed continues to be indicated in rpm.
Speed monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
If the device is set to Auto RESET, the output relay switches to
the GO state, once the adjustable hysteresis threshold is
reached in the range of 0.1 ... 99.9 rpm and the flashing stops.
Any overshoots or undershoots are therefore not stored.
Speed monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes)
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relay remains in its current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting/undershooting continue
to flash, even when the speed returns to a permissible value.
This stored fault status can be reset by pressing the UP▲ and
DOWN▼ buttons simultaneously for > 2 s, by connecting the
RESET device terminal to 24 V DC or by switching the control
supply voltage off and back on again.
ON-delay time for motor start
To be able to start a motor drive, and depending on whether the
open-circuit or closed-circuit principle is selected, the output relay switches to the GO state during the ON-delay time, even if
the speed is still below the set value.
The ON-delay time is started by either switching on the auxiliary
voltage or, if the auxiliary voltage is already applied, by actuating
the respective NC contact (e.g. auxiliary contact).
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/119
10
The speed monitoring relay operates according to the principle
of period duration measurement.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Speed monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Range monitoring without enable input
Range monitoring with enable input
A1/A2
A1/A2
EN
> RPM
< RPM
rpm
> RPM
Hysteresis
< RPM
rpm
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
RPM = 0
NSB0_01803b
11/14
11/12
onDelay
Hysteresis
rpm
RPM = 0
Delay
NSB0_01804a
rpm
11/14
11/12
Delay
onDelay
Type
Delay
3UG4651
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 3,
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Sensor supply
• For three-wire sensor (24 V/0 V)
• For 2-wire NAMUR sensor (8V2)
mA
mA
Max. 50
Max. 8.2
Signal input
• IN1
• IN2
k
k
16, three-wire sensor, pnp operation
1, floating contact, 2-wire NAMUR sensor
Voltage level
• For level 1 at IN1
• For level 0 at IN1
V
V
4.5 ... 30
0 ... 1
Current level
• For level 1 at IN2
• For level 0 at IN2
mA
mA
> 2.1
< 1.2
Minimum pulse duration of signal
ms
5
Minimum interval between 2 pulses
ms
5
10
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
1
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Load capacity of the output relay
Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13/24 V
• DC-13/125 V
• DC-13/250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
10/120
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
Delay
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Speed monitoring
Circuit diagrams
+
U
–
AC/+U
AC/DC
A1 (+)
A1 (+) EN RES 24V
3UG4651
3UG4651
IN1 0V
NSB0_01805b
11
12
IN2
A2 (–)
Enable
RESET
EN RES
S1
pnp
K1
14
A2 (–)
IN2
S1
24 V
1
IN1
4
0V
3
8V2
11
K1
12 14
NO
24 V DC/
max. 50 mA
K2
8V2
AC/0 V
NSB0_01807b
AC/DC
NAMUR
+
–
Schematic circuit diagram
Circuit example with enable input
AC/+U
RESET
S1
A1 (+)
3UG4651
24 V
12
BN
IN1
K1
NO
K2
NAMUR
IN2
14
BU
0V
A2 (–)
11
K1
EN RES
8V2
AC/0 V
NSB0_01806b
Circuit example without enable input
■ Selection and ordering data
Measuring
range
Hysteresis
ON-delay Tripping
time
delay time
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Pulses
Rated control
DT
per
supply voltage
revolution Us
10
• For speed monitoring in revolutions per minute (rpm)
• Two- or three-wire sensor with mechanical or electronic
switching output can be connected
• Two-wire NAMUR sensor can be connected
• Sensor supply 24 V DC/50 mA integrated
• Input frequency 0.1 to 2 200 pulses rpm
(0.0017 to 36.7 Hz)
• With or without enable signal for the drive to be monitored
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Number of pulses per revolution can be adjusted
• Upper and lower threshold value can be adjusted separately
• Auto, manual or remote RESET options after tripping
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 CO contact
DT
Screw terminals
Spring-type
terminals
AC/DC
Article No.
rpm
0.1 ... 2 200
1)
rpm
OFF
0.1 ... 99.9
s
0 ... 900
Price
per PU
Article No.
s
V
0.1 ... 99.9
241)
A
3UG4651-1AA30
A
3UG4651-2AA30
24 ... 240
A
3UG4651-1AW30
A
3UG4651-2AW30
1 ... 10
Price
per PU
The rated control supply voltage and the measuring circuit are not
electrically separated.
For accessories see page 10/122.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/121
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*
PG
For 3UG4
Unit labeling plates
For SIRIUS devices
D
3RT1900-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100 3 060 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100 3 060 units
41B
For 3UG4
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
B
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
For 3UG4
Sealable covers
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
B
3RP1902
1
5 units
41H
For 3UG45
Sealing foil
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
}
3TK2820-0AA00
1
1 unit
41L
For 3UG4581
and 3UG4582
B
3UG4981-0C
1
1 unit
41H
For 3UG4583
B
3UG4983-0C
1
1 unit
41H
1
1 unit
41B
Blank labels
20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise1)
NSB0_01429b
For 3UG4
Adhesive labels
For SIRIUS devices
3RT1900-1SB20
Push-in lugs and covers
3RP1903
3RP1902
Covers for insulation monitoring relays
Sealable, transparent covers
10
3UG4981-0C
3UG4983-0C
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
Spring-type terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
Notes:
Products for mechanical monitoring of bearings See Chapter 15
"Products for Specific Requirements" ➞ "Condition Monitoring
Systems"
For more information see www.siemens.com/siplus-cms.
10/122
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
General data
■ Overview
Even without communication via IO-Link the devices continue to
function fully autonomously:
• Parameterization can take place locally at the device,
independently of a controller.
• In the event of failure or before the controller becomes
available the monitoring relays work as long as the control
supply voltage (24 V DC) is present.
• If the monitoring relays are operated without the controller, the
3UG48 monitoring relays have, thanks to the integrated
SIO mode, an additional semiconductor output, which
switches when the adjustable warning threshold is exceeded.
Thanks to the combination of autonomous monitoring relay function and integrated IO-Link communication, redundant sensors
and/or analog signal converters – which previously took over the
transmission of measured values to a controller, leading to considerable extra cost and wiring outlay – are no longer needed.
The SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relays for electronic and mechanical variables monitor all important characteristics that allow
conclusions to be drawn about the functionality of a plant. Both
sudden disturbances and gradual changes, which may indicate
the need for maintenance, are detected.
Thanks to their relay outputs, the monitoring relays permit direct
disconnection of the affected system components as well as
alerting e.g. by triggering a warning light. Thanks to adjustable
delay times the 3UG4 monitoring relays can respond very
flexibly to brief faults such as voltage dips or load changes and
can thus avoid unnecessary alarms and disconnections and
increase system availability.
3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link
The SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link also offer many
other options based upon the monitoring functions of the triedand-tested SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relays:
• Measured value transmission to a controller, including resolution and unit, may be parameterizable as to which value is
cyclically transmitted
• Transmission of alarm flags to a controller
• Full diagnosis capability by inquiry as to the cause of the fault
in the diagnosis data record
• Remote parameterization is also possible, in addition to or
instead of local parameterization
• Rapid parameterization of the same devices by duplication of
the parameterization in the controller
• Parameter transmission by upload to a controller by IO-Link
call or by parameter server (if IO-Link master from IO-Link
Specification V 1.1 and higher is used)
• Consistent central data storage in the event of parameter
change locally or via a controller
• Automatic reparameterizing when devices are exchanged
• Blocking of local parameterization via IO-Link possible
• Faults are saved in parameterizable and non-volatile fashion
to prevent an automatic start-up after voltage failure and to
make sure diagnostics data is not lost
• Integration into the automation level provides the option of
parameterizing the monitoring relays at any time via a display
unit, or displaying the measured values in a control room or
locally at the machine/control cabinet.
Because the output relays are still present, the monitoring relays
increase the functional reliability of the system, since only the
controller can fulfill the control tasks if the current measured
values are available, whereas the output relays can also be used
for the disconnection of the system if limit values that cannot be
reached during operation are exceeded.
The individual 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link offer the
following functions in different combinations:
• Phase sequence
• Phase failure, neutral conductor failure
• Phase asymmetry
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for voltage
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for current
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of power factor limit
values
• Monitoring of the active current or the apparent current
• Monitoring of the residual current
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for speed
Note:
Further information on the IO-Link bus systems see Chapter 2
"Industrial Communication".
Notes on safety
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
More information about the subject of Industrial Security see
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/123
10
SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
General data
1
3
3UG46
monitoring
relay
3UG48
monitoring
relay
Feeder
Feeder
IO-Link
master
PLC
1
Analog
signal
converter
3UG46
monitoring
relay
PLC
2
3UG46
monitoring
relay
IO-Link
1
2
3UG48
monitoring
relay
3UG48
monitoring
relay
Current
transformers
IC01_00004
IC01_00003
Motor
Motor
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data
transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data
transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
3 Signaling of limit value violation to PLC
Use of conventional monitoring relays
Monitoring relays for IO-Link
10
Notes:
• IO-Link master (IO-Link master 4SI IO-Link or 4SI SIRIUS interface module, which can connect all SIRIUS IO-Link devices to
a controller, see Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication")
Devices required for the communication via IO-Link:
• Any controller that supports the IO-Link (e.g. ET 200S
with CPU or S7-300 plus ET 200S distributed I/O, see Catalog
ST 70 "SIMATIC Products for Totally Integrated Automation")
Each monitoring relay requires an IO-Link channel.
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
@@@
Monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
Generation
@
Type of setting
Functions
@
Connection methods
@
Contacts
@
Supply voltage
@
Signal type of the control supply voltage
@
Special version
3UG
Example
4
8
1
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
10/124
@
3UG
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
5
–
1
A
A
4
0
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
General data
■ Benefits
0 24
4
Advantages through energy efficiency
IC0
1_ 0
• Simple cyclical transmission of the current measured values,
relay switching states and events to a controller
• Remote parameterization
• Automatic reparameterizing when devices are exchanged
• Simple duplication of identical or similar parameterizations
• Reduction of control current wiring
• Elimination of testing costs and wiring errors
• Reduction of configuration work
• Integration in TIA means clear diagnostics if a fault occurs
• Cost saving and space saving in control cabinet due to the
elimination of AI and IO modules as well as analog signal converters and duplicated sensors
Overview of the energy management process
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate, and
realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware and
software solutions in every process phase.
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link contribute to the energy
efficiency throughout the plant as follows:
• Shutdown in the event of no-load operation
(e.g. pump no-load operation)
• Reactive-power compensation by means of power factor
monitoring
• Load shedding of predefined loads in the event of current
overshoots
The use of SIRIUS monitoring relays for IO-Link is particularly
recommended for machines and plant in which these relays, in
addition to their monitoring function, are to be connected to the
automation level for the rapid, simple and fault-free provision of
the current measured values and/or for remote parameterization.
The monitoring relays can either relieve the controller of monitoring tasks or, as a second monitoring entity in parallel to and independent of the controller, increase the reliability in the process
or in the system. In addition, the elimination of AI and IO modules
allows the width of the controller to be reduced despite significantly expanded functionality.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/125
10
■ Application
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
General data
■ Technical specifications
Type
3UG48
General technical specifications
• For 4 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
mm
mm
22.5 x 92 x 91
22.5 x 94 x 91
mm
mm
22.5 x 103 x 91
22.5 x 103 x 91
°C
-25 ... +60
D
• For 3 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
H
Dimensions (W x H x D)
W
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
Connection type
•
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Tightening torque
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded, with end sleeves acc. to DIN 46228
Finely stranded
AWG cables, solid or stranded
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4), 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
0.8 … 1.2
mm2
mm2
2
mm
AWG
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
■ More information
Manual "3UG48/3RR24 Monitoring Relays for IO-Link" see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54375430.
Notes on safety
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
10
More information about the subject of Industrial Security see
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
10/126
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Line monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Can be used in any network from 160 to 630 V AC worldwide
thanks to wide voltage range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display and transmission of actual value and network fault
type to controller
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
The relays are used above all for mobile equipment, e.g. air
conditioning compressors, refrigerating containers, building site
compressors and cranes.
Solid-state line monitoring relays provide maximum protection
for mobile machines, plants and hoisting equipment or for unstable networks. Network and voltage faults can thus be detected
early and rectified before far greater damage ensues.
The line monitoring relays with IO-Link monitor phase sequence,
phase failure (with or without N conductor monitoring), phase
asymmetry and undervoltage and/or overvoltage.
Phase asymmetry is evaluated as the difference between the
greatest and the smallest phase voltage relative to the greatest
phase voltage. Undervoltage or overvoltage exist if the set limit
values for at least one phase voltage are overshot or undershot.
The rms value of the voltage is measured.
Function
Application
Phase sequence
• Direction of rotation of the drive
Phase failure
• A fuse has tripped
• Failure of the control supply voltage
• Broken cable
Phase asymmetry
• Overheating of the motor due to asymmetrical
voltage
• Detection of asymmetrically loaded networks
Undervoltage
• Increased current on a motor with corresponding overheating
• Unintentional resetting of a device
• Network collapse, particularly with battery power
Overvoltage
• Protection of a plant against destruction due to
overvoltage
10
SIRIUS 3UG4815 monitoring relay
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/127
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Line monitoring
■ Technical specifications
3UG4815/3UG4816 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
The 3UG4815 and 3UG4816 line monitoring relays have a wide
voltage range input and are supplied with power through IO-Link
or from an external 24 V DC source.
Wrong phase sequence
Phase failure
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N
L1-L2-L3
L1-L2-L3-N
11/14
11/12
Undervoltage
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes), the
switching relay remains in its current switching state and the
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and
overshooting continues to flash, even when the measured variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault status
can be reset by simultaneously pressing the UP▲ or DOWN▼
key for 2.5 s.
With Manual RESET through IO-Link it is possible in addition to
set whether error signals are to be deleted when the control supply voltage is switched off and on (as remote RESET) or whether
the signals are to be permanently saved even in a voltage failure,
with confirmation possible only through local RESET or via
IO-Link.
L2-L3
L1-L2-L3
IC01_00006
The device has two separately adjustable delay times for overvoltage and undervoltage and for line stabilization. If the direction of rotation is incorrect or a phase fails, the device switches
off immediately. Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase
failure is reliably detected in spite of the wide voltage range from
and potentially high feedback through the load.
The 3UG4815 and 3UG4816 monitoring relays can be operated
on the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle
and with Manual or Auto RESET.
IC01_00005
L3-L2-L1
11/14
11/12
L+/LUx-y
Hysteresis
<U
11/14
11/12
IC01_00007
The device is equipped with a display and is parameterized
using three buttons. The 3UG4815 monitoring relay monitors
three-phase networks with regard to phase sequence, phase
failure, phase asymmetry, undervoltage and overvoltage. The
3UG4816 monitoring relay monitors the neutral conductor as
well. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V.
Q on
Q off
stDelay
Delay
Overvoltage
L+/L-
10
Ux-y
>U
Hysteresis
Q on
Q off
stDelay
Type
3UG4815, 3UG4816
General technical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
mA
5
Control circuit
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
Electrical endurance AC-15
Million operating cycles
0.1
Mechanical endurance
Million operating cycles
10
10/128
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
IC01_00008
11/14
11/12
Delay
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Line monitoring
Circuit diagrams
L1 L2 L3
L+
C/Q
L-
N L1 L2 L3
11
L+
C/Q
L-
IO-Link
11
IO-Link
IC01_00010
IC01_00009
12 14
12 14
3UG4815
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the
measuring circuit for device protection.
The protective device for line protection
depends on the cross-section used.
3UG4816
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or
external auxiliary voltage
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Open or closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact, 1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
3UG4815-1AA40
3UG4815-2AA40
3UG4816-1AA40
AdjustUnderOverStabilization Tripping
able
voltage
voltage
time
delay time
hysteresis detection detection adjustable adjustable
stDEL
Del
Version of
auxiliary
contacts
3UG4816-2AA40
Measurable DT
mains
voltage1)
Article No.
V
s
s
DT
Screw terminals
V AC
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, phase asymmetry,
overvoltage and undervoltage
1 ... 20
✓
✓
0.1 … 999.9 0.1 … 999.9 1 CO + 1 Q 2) 160 … 690
A
3UG4815-1AA40
A
3UG4815-2AA40
A
3UG4816-1AA40
A
3UG4816-2AA40
1 ... 20
✓
✓
0.1 … 999.9 0.1 … 999.9 1 CO + 1 Q 2) 90 … 400
against N
10
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase and N conductor failure,
phase asymmetry, overvoltage and undervoltage
✓ Function available
1)
Absolute limit values.
2)
In SIO mode.
For accessories see page 10/146.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/129
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Voltage monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display and transmission of actual value and status messages
to controller
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
• Protection of a plant against destruction due to overvoltage
• Switch-on of a plant at a defined voltage and higher
• Protection from undervoltage due to overloaded control
supply voltages, particularly with battery power
SIRIUS 3UG4832 monitoring relays
The relays monitor single-phase AC voltages (rms value) and
DC voltages against the set limit value for overshoot and
undershoot.
3UG4832 monitoring relay
With the closed-circuit principle selected
The 3UG4832 voltage monitoring relays are supplied with power
through IO-Link or with an external auxiliary voltage of 24 V DC
and perform overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the
voltage depending on parameterization. The devices are
equipped with a display and are parameterized by means of
three buttons or through IO-Link.
Overvoltage
The device can be operated on the basis of either the opencircuit or closed-circuit principle and with Manual or Auto RESET.
One output changeover contact is available as a signaling
contact, and a semiconductor output is available in addition in
SIO mode.
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes), the
switching relay remains in its current switching state and the
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and
overshooting continues to flash, even when the measured variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault status
can be reset by simultaneously pressing the UP▲ or DOWN▼
key for 2.5 s.
With Manual RESET through IO-Link it is possible in addition to
set whether error signals are to be deleted when the control
supply voltage is switched off and on (as remote RESET) or
whether the signals are to be permanently saved even in a
voltage failure, with confirmation possible only through local
RESET or via IO-Link.
<U
!
,
Hysteresis
=0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00011
The measuring range extends from 10 to 600 V AC/DC. The limit
values for overshoot or undershoot can be freely configured
within this range. If one of these limit values is reached, the output relay responds according to the set principle of operation as
soon as the delay time has elapsed. This tripping delay time
U▲Del/U▼Del can be set from 0 to 999.9 s like the ON-delay
time. The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 300 V.
L+/L-
Q on
Q off
Delay
Undervoltage
L+/L<U
Hysteresis
,
!
11/14
11/12
IC01_00012
10
■ Technical specifications
Q on
Q off
Delay
10/130
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Voltage monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Range monitoring
L+/L<U
,
<U
!
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
,
!
U=0
IC01_00013
11/14
11/12
Q on
Q off
Delay
Delay =
Delay
Delay
Type
3UG4832
General technical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Permissible measuring range single-phase AC/DC voltage
V
10 … 690
Setting range single-phase voltage
V
10 ... 600
Measuring frequency
Hz
40 ... 500
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
Measuring circuit
10
Control circuit
Circuit diagrams
IN (+)
L+
C/Q L-
11
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
<U>
IO-Link
M (-)
,&B
12 14
3UG4832
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/131
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Voltage monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Open or closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact, 1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3UG4832-2AA40
3UG4832-1AA40
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
ON-delay time
adjustable
onDel
Tripping delay time DT
separately
adjustable
U▲Del/U▼Del
V AC/DC
V
s
s
DT
Screw
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of voltage for overshoot and undershoot
10 … 600
0.1 ... 300
0 … 999.9
0 … 999.9
A
3UG4832-1AA40
A
3UG4832-2AA40
10
For accessories see page 10/146.
10/132
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Current monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display and transmission of actual value and status messages
to controller
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
• Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring
• Monitoring the functionality of electrical loads
• Monitoring for broken conductors
SIRIUS 3UG4822 monitoring relays
The relays monitor single-phase AC (rms value) and DC currents
against the set limit value for overshoot and undershoot.
■ Technical specifications
The rms value of the current is measured. The limit values for
overshoot or undershoot can be freely configured within this
range. If one of these limit values is reached, the output relay
responds according to the set principle of operation as soon as
the tripping delay time I▲Del/I▼Del has elapsed. This time and
the ON-delay time onDel are adjustable from 0 to 999.9 s.
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.01 to 5 A. The device can be
operated with Manual or Auto RESET and on the basis of either
the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle. Following options are
available: Response of the output relay when the control supply
voltage Us = ON is applied or not until the lower measuring
range limit of the measuring current (I > 50 mA) is reached. One
output changeover contact is available as a signaling contact,
and a semiconductor output is available in addition in SIO mode.
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes), the
switching relay remains in its current switching state and the current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and
overshooting continues to flash, even when the measured variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault status
can be reset by simultaneously pressing the UP▲ or DOWN▼
key for 2.5 s.
With Manual RESET through IO-Link it is possible in addition to
set whether error signals are to be deleted when the control
supply voltage is switched off and on (as remote RESET) or
whether the signals are to be permanently saved even in a
voltage failure, with confirmation possible only through local
RESET or via IO-Link.
L+/L>
,
!
=0
Hysteresis
11/14
11/12
Q on
Q off
onDelay
10
The measuring range extends from 0.05 to 10 A. For larger
AC currents the measuring range can be extended by using
commercially available current transformers. Using the
adjustable transformer factor, the display of the measured
primary currents up to 750 A instead of the secondary currents
(max. 1 A or 5 A) is possible.
Current overshoot
IC01_00016
The 3UG4822 current monitoring relays are supplied with power
through IO-Link or with an external voltage of 24 V DC and perform overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the current
depending on the parameterization. The devices are equipped
with a display and are parameterized using three buttons.
With the closed-circuit principle selected
upon application of the control supply voltage
Delay
Current undershoot
L+/L<
Hysteresis
,
Hysteresis
!
=0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00017
3UG4822 monitoring relays
Q on
Q off
onDelay
Delay
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/133
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Current monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
upon application of the control supply voltage
Range monitoring
L+/L>
,
<
!
Hysteresis
,
!
=0
IC01_00018
11/14
11/12
Q on
Q off
onDelay
Delay
Delay =
Delay
Delay
Type
3UG4822
General technical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Measuring range single-phase AC/DC current
A
0.05 … 15
Setting range for single-phase current
A
0.05 ... 10
Load supply voltage
V
Max. 300 (with protective separation)
Max. 500 (with simple separation)
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
A
A
A
3
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
Measuring circuit
10
Control circuit
Circuit diagrams
IN
L+
C/Q L-
11
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
< >
IO-Link
M
,&B
3UG4822
10/134
Note:
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
12 14
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Current monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Adjustable converter factor to display the measured primary
current when an external current transformer is used
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Open or closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact, 1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
3UG4822-2AA40
3UG4822-1AA40
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
ON-delay time
adjustable
onDel
Tripping delay time DT
separately
adjustable
I▲Del/I▼Del
AC/DC A
A
s
s
DT
Screw
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of current for overshooting and undershooting
0.05 … 10
0.01 ... 5
0.1 … 999.9
0.1 … 999.9
A
3UG4822-1AA40
A
3UG4822-2AA40
For accessories see page 10/146.
10
For AC currents I > 10 A it is possible to use commercially
available current transformers, e.g. the Siemens 4NC current
transformer, as accessories, see Catalog LV 10, "Low-Voltage
Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/135
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Power factor and active current monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Monitoring of even small single-phase motors with a no-load
supply current below 0.5 A
• Simple determination of threshold values by the direct collection of measured variables on motor loading
• Range monitoring and active current measurement enable detection of cable breaks between control cabinets and motors,
as well as phase failures
• Power factor and/or Ires (active current) can be selected as
the measurement principle
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display and transmission of actual value and status messages
to controller
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4841 monitoring relay
The 3UG4841 power factor and active current monitoring
devices enable the load monitoring of motors.
Whereas power factor monitoring is used above all for monitoring no-load operation, the active current monitoring option can
be used to observe and evaluate the load factor over the entire
torque range.
• No-load monitoring and load shedding, such as in the event of
a V-belt tear
• Underload monitoring in the low performance range,
e.g. in the event of pump no-load operation
• Monitoring of overload, e.g. due to a dirty filter system
• Power factor monitoring in networks for control of compensation equipment
• Broken cable between control cabinet and motor
■ Technical specifications
10
3UG4841 monitoring relays
The 3UG4841 monitoring relays are supplied with power through
IO-Link or with an external auxiliary voltage of 24 V DC and are
used for performing overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring
of the power factor and/or the resulting active current, depending on parameterization. The load to be monitored is connected
upstream of the IN terminal. The load current flows through the
terminals IN and Ly/N. The setting range for the power factor is
0 to 0.99 and for the active current Ires 0.2 to 10 A. If the control
supply voltage is switched on and no load current flows, the display will show I < 0.2 and a symbol for overrange, underrange
or range monitoring. If the motor is now switched on and the current exceeds 0.2 A, the set ON-delay time onDel begins. During
this time, if the set limit values are undershot or exceeded, this
does not lead to a relay reaction of the changeover contact. If the
operational flowing active current and/or the p.f. value falls below or exceeds the respective set threshold value, the tripping
delay time begins. When this time has expired, the relay
changes its switch position. The relevant measured variables for
overshooting and undershooting in the display flash. If the
monitoring of active current undershooting is deactivated
(Ires▼= OFF) and the load current drops below the lower
measuring range threshold (0.2 A), then the CO contacts remain
unchanged. If a threshold value is set for the monitoring of active
current undershooting, then undershooting of the measuring
range threshold (0.2 A) will result in a response of the
CO contacts.
10/136
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
The relay operates either according to the open-circuit or
closed-circuit principle.
If the device is set to Auto RESET (Memory = No), depending on
the set principle of operation, the switching relay returns to its
initial state and the flashing ends when the hysteresis threshold
is reached.
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes), the
switching relay remains in its current switching state and the
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and
overshooting continues to flash, even when the measured variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault status
can be reset by simultaneously pressing the UP▲ or DOWN▼
key for 2.5 s.
With Manual RESET through IO-Link it is possible in addition to
set whether error signals are to be deleted when the control
supply voltage is switched off and on (as remote RESET) or
whether the signals are to be permanently saved even in a
voltage failure, with confirmation possible only through local
RESET or via IO-Link.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Power factor and active current monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Response in the event of undershooting the measuring range
limit
• With activated monitoring of Ires▼
Overshooting of active current
> res
L+/L-
r , r!
=0
< 0,2 A
Hysteresis
= 0,2 A
=0
21/24
21/22
IC01_00020
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
Q on
Q off
onDelay
onDelay
Delay
G
G
IC01_00022
11/14
11/12
onDelay
• With deactivated monitoring of active current undershooting
Undershooting of active current
< res
L+/L-
Hysteresis
< 0,2 A
r , r!
=0
= 0,2 A
11/14
11/12
onDelay
Q on
Q off
onDelay
onDelay
Delay
Range monitoring of active current
> res
10
21/24
21/22
21/24
21/22
IC01_00023
IC01_00021
11/14
11/12
< res
r , r!
Hysteresis
r , r!
=0
11/14
11/12
21/24
21/22
IC01_00024
=0
Q on
Q off
onDelay
Delay
Delay
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/137
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Power factor and active current monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Overshooting of power factor
Range monitoring of power factor
> cos
> cos
!
!
,
!
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
p.f. = 0
< cos
11/14
11/12
p.f. = 0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00025
21/24
21/22
Q on
Q off
onDelay
21/24
21/22
IC01_00027
,
,
Q on
Q off
Delay
Undershooting of power factor
onDelay
Delay
Delay
< cos
Hysteresis
,
!
p.f. = 0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00026
21/24
21/22
Q on
Q off
onDelay
Delay
Type
3UG4841
10
General technical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
6
Control circuit
2
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Load capacity of the output relay
• Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
Circuit diagrams
Lx
Ly
Note:
IN
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
<cos phi>
12
11
14
L+
C/Q
22
IO-Link
21
L-
24
,&B
3UG4841
10/138
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Power factor and active current monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
• For monitoring the power factor and the active current Ires
(p.f. x I)
• Suitable for single- and three-phase currents
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or
external auxiliary voltage
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Upper and lower limit values can be adjusted separately
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 CO contact each for undershoot and overshoot,
1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
3UG4841-1CA40
3UG4841-2CA40
Measuring range
Voltage
Hysteresis
range of the
measuring
voltage1)
For power
factor
For
active
current
Ires
50/60 Hz AC Adjustable for
power
factor
Adjustable for
active
current
Ires
P.f.
A
V
A
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
ON-delay
time
adjustable
onDel
Tripping
DT
delay time
separately
adjustable
U▲Del/
U▼Del,
 ▲Del/
 ▼Del
s
s
Article No.
P.f.
DT
Screw terminals
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Monitoring of power factor and active current for overshooting and
undershooting
0.1 ... 0.99 0.2 ... 10 90 ... 690
0.1 ... 3
0 ... 999.9
0 ... 999.9 A
3UG4841-1CA40
A
3UG4841-2CA40
Absolute limit values.
10
1)
0.1 ... 0.2
For accessories see page 10/146.
For AC active currents Ires> 10 A it is possible to use commercially available current transformers, e.g. Siemens 4NC current
converter, as accessories, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-voltage
power distribution and electrical installation technology".
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/139
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Residual current monitoring:
Residual-current monitoring relays
■ Overview
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
High measuring accuracy ± 7.5 %
Permanent self-monitoring
Parameterization of the devices locally or via IO-Link possible
Variable threshold values for warning and disconnection
Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
Display and transmission of actual value and status messages
to controller
High level of flexibility and space saving through installation of
the transformer inside or outside the control cabinet
Width 22.5 m
All versions with removable terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4825 monitoring relay
Monitoring of plants in which residual currents can occur,
e.g. due to dust deposits or moisture, porous cables and leads,
or capacitive residual currents
The 3UG4825 residual-current monitoring relays are used in
conjunction with the 3UL23 residual current transformers for
monitoring plants in which higher residual currents are increasingly expected due to ambient conditions. Monitoring encompasses pure AC residual currents or AC residual currents with a
pulsating DC fault current component (transformer type A in
accordance with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).
3UG4825 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
The main conductor, and any neutral conductor to which a load
is connected, are routed through the opening of the annular ring
core of a residual-current transformer. A secondary winding is
placed around this annular strip-wound core to which the monitoring relay is connected.
Residual current monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
If operation of a plant is fault-free, the sum of the inflowing and
outward currents equals zero. No current is then induced in the
secondary winding of the residual-current transformer.
However, if an insulation fault occurs downstream of the residual
current operated circuit breaker, the sum of the inflowing currents is greater than that of the outward currents. The differential
current - the residual current - induces a secondary current in
the secondary winding of the transformer. This current is evaluated in the monitoring relay and is used on the one hand to display the actual residual current and on the other, to switch the relay if the set warning or tripping threshold is overshot.
If the measured residual current exceeds the set warning value,
the associated changeover contact instantly changes the
switching state and an indication appears on the display.
If the measured residual current exceeds the set tripping value,
the set delay time begins and the associated relay symbol
flashes. On expiry of this time, the associated changeover
contact changes the switching state.
ON-delay time for motor start
To be able to start a drive when a residual current is detected,
the output relays switch to the OK state for an adjustable
ON-delay time depending on the selected open-circuit principle
or closed-circuit principle.
The changeover contacts do not react if the set threshold values
are overshot during this period.
10/140
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
L+/L> !
>
Hysteresis
!
Hysteresis = 5 %
= 0,02 A
=0
11/14
11/12
Q on 21/24
IC01_00227
10
■ Technical specifications
Q off 21/22
Init
Delay
onDelay
onDelay
If the device is set to Auto RESET, the relay switches back to the
OK state for the tripping value once the value falls below the set
hysteresis threshold and the display stops flashing.
The associated relay changes its switching state if the value falls
below the fixed hysteresis value of 5 % of the warning value.
Any overshoots are therefore not stored.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Residual current monitoring:
Residual-current monitoring relays
Residual current monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes)
L+/LReset
t > 2,5 s
> !
>
Hysteresis
!
Note:
Hysteresis = 5 %
The neutral conductor must not be grounded downstream of the
summation current transformer as this may impair the function of
the residual current monitoring device.
= 0,02 A
=0
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relays remain in their current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting continues to flash, even
when the measured residual current returns to a permissible
value. This stored fault status can be reset by pressing the UP▲
or DOWN▼ key simultaneously for > 2 seconds, or by switching
the supply voltage off and back on again.
11/14
IC01_00228a
11/12
Q on 21/24
Q off 21/22
Init
Delay
onDelay onDelay
onDelay
Type
3UG4825-1CA40,
3UG4825-2CA40
General data
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to IEC 60664
for pollution degree 3 rated value
V
300
Impulse withstand voltage rated value Uimp
kV
4
Control circuit
2
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Thermal current of the non-solid-state contact blocks maximum
A
5
Current carrying capacity of the output relay
• At AC-15 at 250 V at 50/60 Hz
• At DC-13
- At 24 V
- At 125 V
- At 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Operational current at 17 V minimum
mA
5
L+ C/Q L- C1 C2
IO-Link
11
21
12 14
22 24
Note:
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
IC01_00223
3UG4825
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/141
10
Circuit diagram
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Residual current monitoring:
Residual-current monitoring relays
■ Selection and ordering data
• For monitoring residual currents from 0.03 to 40 A,
from 16 to 400 Hz
• For 3UL23 residual-current transformers with feed-through
opening from 35 to 210 mm
• Permanent self-monitoring
• Certified in accordance with IEC 60947, functionality
corresponds to IEC 62020
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• Separately adjustable limit value and warning threshold
• 1 changeover contact each for warning threshold and tripping
threshold
3UG4825-1CA40
Measurable
current
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3UG4825-2CA40
Adjustable
Switching
response value hysteresis
current
Adjustable
ON-delay time
Control supply DT
voltage
Screw terminals
At DC rated
value
Article No.
A
A
%
s
V
0.01 ... 43
0.03 ... 40
0 ... 50
0 ... 999.9
24
A
3UG4825-1CA40
DT
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
B
Price
per PU
3UG4825-2CA40
For accessories see page 10/146.
10
3UL23 residual-current transformers and accessories for 3UL23
see page 10/104.
10/142
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Speed monitoring
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Display and transmission of actual value and fault type to
controller
• Use of up to 10 sensors per rotation for extremely slowly
rotating motors
• 2- or 3-wire sensors and sensors with a mechanical switching
output or solid-state-output can be connected
• Auxiliary voltage for sensor integrated
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3UG4851 monitoring relay
• Slip or tear of a belt drive
• Overload monitoring
• Transport monitoring for completeness
3UG4851 monitoring relays are used in combination with a
sensor to monitor drives for overspeed and/or underspeed.
Furthermore, the monitoring relays are ideal for all functions
where a continuous pulse signal needs to be monitored (e.g. belt
travel monitoring, completeness monitoring, passing monitoring,
clock-time monitoring).
■ Technical specifications
3UG4851 monitoring relays
Speed monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
The speed monitoring relay operates according to the principle
of period duration measurement.
If the device is set to Auto RESET, the output relay switches to
the GO state, once the adjustable hysteresis threshold is
reached in the range of 1 ... 99.9 rpm and the flashing stops. Any
overshoots or undershoots are therefore not stored.
Thus, the period duration measurement recognizes any deviation in speed after just two pulses, even at very low speeds or in
the case of extended pulse gaps.
By using up to ten pulse encoders evenly distributed around the
circumference, it is possible to shorten the period duration, and
in turn the response time. By taking into account the number of
sensors in the monitoring relay, the speed continues to be indicated in rpm.
ON-delay time for motor start
To be able to start a motor drive, and depending on whether the
open-circuit or closed-circuit principle is selected, the output
relay switches to the GO state during the ON-delay time, even if
the speed is still below the set value.
Speed monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes)
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relay remains in its current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting/undershooting continue
to flash, even when the speed returns to a permissible value.
This stored fault status can be reset by simultaneously pressing
the UP▲ or DOWN▼ key for > 2.5 s or by connecting the RESET
device terminal to 24 V DC.
With Manual RESET through IO-Link it is possible in addition to
set whether error signals are to be deleted when the control
supply voltage is switched off and on (as remote RESET) or
whether the signals are to be permanently saved even in a
voltage failure, with confirmation possible only through local
RESET or via IO-Link.
The ON-delay time is started by either switching on the auxiliary
voltage or, if the auxiliary voltage is already applied, by actuating
the respective NC contact (e.g. auxiliary contact).
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/143
10
In the monitoring relay, the time between two successive rising
edges of the pulse encoder is measured and compared to the
minimum and/or maximum permissible period duration calculated from the set limit values for the speed.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Speed monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Range monitoring without enable input
Range monitoring with enable input
L+/L-
L+/L-
EN
> RPM
rpm !
rpm
< RPM
< RPM
> RPM
Hysteresis
rpm
rpm !
rpm
rpm !
rpm !
Hysteresis
RPM = 0
11/14
11/12
RPM = 0
11/14
11/12
IC01_00030
Q on
Q off
onDelay
Delay
IC01_00031
rpm
Q on
Q off
Delay
onDelay
Type
Delay
Delay
3UG4851
General technical specifications
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
V
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Sensor supply
• For three-wire sensor (24 V/0 V)
• For 2-wire NAMUR sensor (8V2)
mA
mA
Max. 50
Max. 8.2
Signal input
• IN1
• IN2
k
k
16, three-wire sensor, pnp operation
1, floating contact, 2-wire NAMUR sensor
Voltage level
• For level 1 at IN1
• For level 0 at IN1
V
V
4.5 ... 30
0 ... 1
Current level
• For level 1 at IN2
• For level 0 at IN2
mA
mA
> 2.1
< 1.2
Minimum pulse duration of signal
ms
5
Minimum interval between 2 pulses
ms
5
10
Measuring circuit
Control circuit
1
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts
Load capacity of the output relay
Conventional thermal current Ith
A
5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC
mA
5
Circuit diagrams
EN
24V IN1 0V
L+
C/Q L-
11
It is not necessary to protect the measuring circuit for device
protection. The protective device for line protection depends
on the cross-section used.
RPM
IO-Link
IC01_00029
IN2 8V2
3UG4851
10/144
Note:
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
12 14
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Speed monitoring
■ Selection and ordering data
• For speed monitoring in revolutions per minute (rpm)
• Two- or three-wire sensor with mechanical or electronic
switching output can be connected
• Two-wire NAMUR sensor can be connected
• Sensor supply 24 V DC/50 mA integrated
• Input frequency 0.1 to 2 200 pulses per minute
(0.0017 to 36.7 Hz)
• With or without enable signal for the drive to be monitored
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Number of pulses per revolution can be adjusted
• Upper and lower limit values can be adjusted separately
• Auto, manual or remote RESET options after tripping
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 CO contact, 1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
3UG4851-1AA40
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3UG4851-2AA40
Measuring range Adjustable
hysteresis
ON-delay
time
adjustable
onDel
Tripping delay Pulses per
time separately revolution
adjustable
rpm▲Del/
rpm▼Del
rpm
s
s
DT
Article No.
rpm
DT
Screw terminals
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Speed monitoring for overshooting and undershooting
0.1 ... 2 200
OFF
1 ... 99.9
0 ... 999.9
0 ... 999.9
1 ... 10
A
3UG4851-1AA40
A
3UG4851-2AA40
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
10
For accessories see page 10/146.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/145
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3UG48 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation for IO-Link
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*
PG
For 3UG48
Unit labeling plates
For SIRIUS devices
D
3RT29 00-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100 3 060 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100 3 060 units
41B
For 3UG48
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
B
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
For 3UG48
Sealable covers
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
B
3RP1902
1
5 units
41H
1
1 unit
41B
Blank labels
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)
IC01_00181
For 3UG48
Adhesive labels
For SIRIUS devices
3RT29 00-1SB20
Push-in lugs and covers
3RP1903
3RP1902
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black,
partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
Spring-type terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
10
1)
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals
10/146
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
General data
■ Overview
Temperature
setting
The 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20 and 3RS21 temperature monitoring
relays can be used for measuring temperatures in solid, liquid
and gas media. The temperatures are acquired by means of
sensors in the medium, evaluated by the device and monitored
for overshoot, undershoot or location within a specified range
(window function).
LED for display
LED "Device
on voltage"
"Up and Down"
keys
LED "Relay
switched"
The range comprises adjustable analog units with one or two
threshold values, digital units for 1 sensor, which are also a good
alternative to temperature controllers for the low-end range, and
digital units for up to 3 sensors which have been optimized for
monitoring large motors.
Rotary switch
for parameter
selection
Hysteresis
switch
NSB0_01421b
SIRIUS 3RS temperature monitoring relay
Article No. scheme
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
Digit of the Article No.
@@@
Temperature monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
3RS
Device type
Version and type of sensor
@
Connection methods
@
Number and type of outputs
@
Control supply voltage
@
Measuring range
@
Special versions
3RS
Example
1
0
0
0
–
1
C
D
0
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
Advantages through energy efficiency
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate, and
realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware and
software solutions in every process phase.
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
4
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
The 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20 and 3RS21 temperature monitoring
relays make the following contribution to the energy efficiency of
the plant as a whole:
• Demand-based control of heating and ventilation in the
process and in the control cabinet
Overview of the energy management process
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/147
10
■ Benefits
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
General data
■ Technical specifications
Connection of resistance-type thermometers
Connection of thermoelements
Two-wire measurement
Based on the thermo-electrical effect, a differential temperature
measurement will be performed between the measuring point
and the signal evaluation unit.
When two-wire temperature sensors are used, the resistances of
the sensor and wiring are added. The resulting systematic error
must be taken into account when the signal evaluation unit is
calibrated. A jumper must be clamped between terminals T2
and T3 for this purpose.
I
T3
T2
This principle assumes that the signal evaluation unit knows the
temperature at the clamping point (T2). For this reason, the
3RS11 temperature monitoring relay has an integral compensator that determines this comparison temperature and builds it
into the result of the measurement. The thermal sensors and cables must be insulated therefore.
The absolute temperature is therefore calculated from the ambient temperature of the signal evaluation unit and the temperature
difference measured by the thermoelement.
PT100
Temperature detection is therefore possible (T1) without needing
to know the precise ambient temperature of the clamping point
at the signal evaluation unit (T2).
T1
NSB0_01323b
Wiring errors
The errors that are generated by the wiring comprise approximately 2.5 Kelvin/. If the resistance of the cable is not known
and cannot be measured, the wiring errors can also be estimated using the following table.
The connecting cable is only permitted to be extended using
connecting leads that are made from the same material as the
thermoelement. If a different type of conductor is used, an error
will result in the measurement.
NiCr
Temperature drift dependent on the length and cross-section
of the cable with PT100 sensors and an ambient temperature of
20 °C, in K:
Ni
Cable length Cross-section
in m
mm²
0.5
Measuring
point
0.75
1
1.5
Temperature drift in K:
10
T2
T1
NSB0_01325a
Internal
reference point compensation
For more information, see
0
0
0
0
0
www.feldgeraete.de/76/produkte/fuw.html
10
1.8
1.2
0.9
0.6
www.ephy-mess.de
25
4.5
3.0
2.3
1.5
50
9.0
6.0
4.5
3.0
75
13.6
9.0
6.8
4.5
100
18.1
12.1
9.0
6.0
200
36.3
24.2
18.1
12.1
500
91.6
60.8
45.5
30.2
Example: On a PT100 sensor with a cable length of 10 m and a
conductor cross-section of 1 mm2 the temperature drift equals
0.9 K.
Three-wire measurement
To minimize the effects of the line resistances, a three-wire circuit
is often used. Using the additional cable, two measuring circuits
can be formed of which one is used as a reference. The signal
evaluation unit can then automatically calculate the line resistance and take it into account.
T3
T2
PT100
T1
NSB0_01324b
10/148
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
or from
EPHY-MESS GmbH, see Chapter 16 "Appendix"
➞ "External Partners"
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
General data
Principle of operation
Once the temperature has reached the set threshold value 1,
the output relay K1 changes its switching state as soon as the
set time t has elapsed (K2 responds in the same manner to 2).
The delay time can only be adjusted with digital units (on analog
units t = 0).
The relays return to their original state as soon as the temperature reaches the set hysteresis value.
Principle of operation with memory function (3RS1042,
3RS1142) based on the example of temperature overshoot
Once the temperature has reached the set threshold value 1,
the output relay K1 changes its switching state as soon as the
set time t has elapsed (K2 responds in the same manner to 2).
The relays only return to the original state when the temperature
falls below the set hysteresis value and when terminals Y3 and
Y4 have been briefly jumpered.
Closed-circuit principle
Temperature overshoot
Closed-circuit principle
NSB0_01332f
1
2
NSB0_01327e
1
Us
2
Y3-Y4
Us
K1
t
t
t
Characteristic curves
Temperature undershoot
For resistance sensors
Resistance in
Closed-circuit principle
NSB0_01329d
1
2
5000
NTC
4000
3000
KTY83 KTY84 PT1000
Us
2000
K1
t
t
1000
t
PT100
0
-100
0
100
Range monitoring (digital units only)
Once the temperature has reached the upper threshold value
1, the output relay K1 changes its switching state as soon as
the set time t has elapsed. The relay returns to its original state
as soon as the temperature reaches the set hysteresis value.
K2 responds in the same manner to the lower threshold value
of 2.
NSB0_1331e
2
Us
K1
K2
300
400
500
Temperature in °C
The short-circuit and open-circuit detection as well as the
measuring range is limited, depending on the sensor type.
Measuring ranges in °C for resistance sensors
Sensor
type
Short
circuit
Open
circuit
Closed-circuit principle
1
200
3RS1040/
3RS1041
Measuring
range
in °C
3RS1042
Measuring
range
in °C
PT100
✓
✓
–50 ... +500
–50 ... +750
PT1000
✓
✓
–50 ... +500
–50 ... +500
KTY83-110
✓
✓
–50 ... +175
–50 ... +175
KTY84
✓
✓
–40 ... +300
–40 ... +300
NTC1)
✓
--
80 ... 160
80 ... 160
✓ Detection possible
t
-- Detection not possible
t
t
1)
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 k; 25 °C: 32.762 k).
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/149
10
K2
t
t
NSB0_01322a
K2
t
K1
K2
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
General data
Characteristic curves
For thermoelements
Type "E"
70
Sensor
type
Short
circuit
Open
circuit
3RS1140
Measuring
range
in °C
3RS1142
Measuring
range
in °C
Type "K"
J
--
✓
-99 ... +999
-99 ... +1200
Type "N"
K
--
✓
-99 ... +999
-99 ... +1350
T
--
✓
-99 ... +400
-99 ... +400
E
--
✓
-99 ... +999
-99 ... +999
N
--
✓
-99 ... +999
-99 ... +999
S
--
✓
--
R
--
✓
--
0 ... 1 750
B
--
✓
--
400 ... 1 800
Type "J"
60
50
40
NSB0_01321a
Voltage in mV
Measuring range in °C for thermoelements
80
30
Type "T"
20
10
0
0
200
400
500
800
1000 1200 1400 1600
Temperature in °C
✓ Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
9ROWDJHLQ
Type "R"
20000
Type "S"
IC01_00044
Characteristic curves for sensor types J, K, T, E, N
25000
0 ... 1 750
15000
Type "B"
10000
5000
0
400
600
800
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Temperature in °C
Type
3RS10, 3RS11
analog
3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21
digital
General technical specifications
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• Screw terminals
mm
22.5 x 102 x 91
45 x 106 x 91
mm
22.5 x 103 x 91
45 x 108 x 91
°C
-25 ... +60
D
• Spring-type terminals
H
10
Characteristic curves for sensor types S, R and B
W
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded, with end sleeves acc. to DIN 46228
Finely stranded
AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
■ More information
For "3RS1/3RS2 Temperature Monitoring Relays" manual, see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54999309.
10/150
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5)/2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, analogically adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• All devices except for 24 V AC/DC feature electrical
separation
• Extremely easy operation using a rotary potentiometer
• Adjustable hysteresis
• Adjustable working principle for devices with 2 threshold
values
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw terminals, many versions alternatively
with spring-type terminals
■ Application
The analogically adjustable SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11 temperature
monitoring relays can be used in almost any application in which
temperature overshoot or undershoot is not permitted, e.g. in the
monitoring of set temperature limits and the output of alarm
messages for:
• Motor and system protection
• Control cabinet temperature monitoring
• Freeze monitoring
• Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
• Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
• Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
• Monitoring of coolants
SIRIUS 3RS analog temperature monitoring relays for 1 sensor
The 3RS10, 3RS11 analog temperature monitoring relays can be
used for measuring temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media.
The temperature is detected by the sensors in the medium, evaluated by the device and monitored for overshoot or undershoot.
When the threshold values are reached, the output relay
switches on or off depending on the parameterization.
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RS1000,
3RS1010
3RS1100,
3RS1101
3RS1020,
3RS1030
3RS1120,
3RS1121
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Typically < 5 % from upper limit of scale
Measuring accuracy
at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)
Reference point accuracy
K
Deviations due to ambient temperature
In % of the measuring range
Hysteresis settings
• for temperature 1
• for temperature 2
10
Auxiliary circuit
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 240 V
--
<5
--
<5
<2
<3
<2
<3
--
Typically 1
--
--
Yes
--
%
%
2 ... 20 from upper limit of scale
5 from upper limit of scale
mA
Typically 1
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
Open-circuit detection
No
Short-circuit detection
No
Three-wire conductor connection1)
Yes
Enclosure
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
1)
V
300
Two-wire connection of resistance sensors with wire jumper
between T2 and T3.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/151
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, analogically adjustable for 1 sensor
Circuit examples
3RS1000, 3RS1010
Legend
A1 = 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC, 24 to 240 V AC/DC
A1 A3
11
13
K1
A3 = 110 V AC
A2= M
K1, K2 = output relays
T1
= LED: "Device connected to voltage"
T2
14
12
T3
1 = LED: "Relay 1 tripped"
2 = LED: "Relay 2 tripped"
T1 to T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor
T+/T- = Sensor connection for thermoelements
A2
NSB0_01333b
When resistance sensors with two-wire connection are used,
T2 and T3 must be jumpered.
3RS1020, 3RS1030
A1
K1
11
T1
1
T2
K2
T3
14
12
23
2
24
A2
NSB0_01335b
3RS1100, 3RS1101
A1 A3
10
K1
T-
11
13
14
12
T+
A2
NSB0_01334b
3RS1120, 3RS1121
A1
11
K1
1
T-
K2
T+
14
12
23
2
24
A2
NSB0_01336b
10/152
. Important!
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, analogically adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Selection and ordering data
• For temperature monitoring with resistance sensors or thermoelements
• Temperature range -55 °C to +1 000 °C, depending on the
sensor type
• Wide voltage range versions are electrically separated
• Analogically adjustable, setting accuracy ±5 %
• Versions with 2 separately adjustable threshold values and
adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
• Hysteresis for threshold value 1 is adjustable (2 to 20 %),
hysteresis for threshold 2 is non-adjustable (5 %)
• 1 NC + 1 NO for versions with one threshold value
• 1 CO for threshold value 1 and 1 NO for threshold value 2
Sensors
Function
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Measuring
range
Rated control supply DT
voltage Us
50/60 Hz AC
°C
V
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Analogically adjustable, 1 threshold value, width 22.5 mm;
closed-circuit principle; without memory; 1 NO + 1 NC
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
A
3RS1000-1CD00
3RS1000-1CK00
C
C
3RS1000-2CD00
3RS1000-2CK00
0 … + 100
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
A
3RS1000-1CD10
3RS1000-1CK10
C
C
3RS1000-2CD10
3RS1000-2CK10
0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
A
3RS1000-1CD20
3RS1000-1CK20
C
C
3RS1000-2CD20
3RS1000-2CK20
- 50 … + 50
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
A
3RS1010-1CD00
3RS1010-1CK00
---
0 … + 100
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1010-1CD10
3RS1010-1CK10
---
0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1010-1CD20
3RS1010-1CK20
---
Type J
(thermoelement)
Overshoot 0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
A
C
3RS1100-1CD20
3RS1100-1CK20
0 … + 600
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1100-1CD30
3RS1100-1CK30
---
Type K
(thermoelement)
Overshoot 0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1101-1CD20
3RS1101-1CK20
---
0 … + 600
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1101-1CD30
3RS1101-1CK30
---
+ 500 …
+ 1 000
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
C
C
3RS1101-1CD40
3RS1101-1CK40
---
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1020-1DD00
3RS1020-1DW00
---
0 … + 100
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1020-1DD10
3RS1020-1DW10
---
0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
A
3RS1020-1DD20
3RS1020-1DW20
-50 … + 50
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1030-1DD00
3RS1030-1DW00
---
0 … + 100
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1030-1DD10
3RS1030-1DW10
---
0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1030-1DD20
3RS1030-1DW20
C
3RS1030-2DD20
--
Type J
(thermoelement)
Overshoot 0 … + 200
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1120-1DD20
3RS1120-1DW20
C
3RS1120-2DD20
--
0 … + 600
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS1120-1DD30
3RS1120-1DW30
---
Type K
(thermoelement)
Overshoot 0 ... + 200
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
3RS1121-1DW20
--
0 ... + 600
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
3RS1121-1DW30
--
+ 500 … +
1 000
24 AC/DC
C
3RS1121-1DD40
--
Overshoot - 50 … + 50
Undershoot
3RS1000-1CD10
3RS1000-2CD10
C
3RS1100-2CD20
--
10
PT100
(resistance
sensor)
Analogically adjustable for warning and disconnection
(2 threshold values), 22.5 mm width, open/closed-circuit principle
switchable; without memory; 1 NO + 1 CO
PT100
(resistance
sensor)
Overshoot - 50 … + 50
Undershoot
3RS1020-1DD00
3RS1120-2DD20
C
-3RS1020-2DW20
For accessories see page 10/159.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/153
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, digitally adjustable, for 1 sensor
■ Overview
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
Very simple operation without complicated menu selections
Two- or three-point control can be parameterized quickly
All versions with removable terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
SIRIUS 3RS digital temperature monitoring relays for 1 sensor
The 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20 and 3RS21 temperature monitoring
relays can be used for measuring temperatures in solid, liquid
and gas media. The temperatures are acquired by means of
sensors in the medium, evaluated by the device and monitored
for overshoot, undershoot or location within a specified range
(window function). The 3RS10 and 3RS11 unit indicate the
measured temperature in °C, the 3RS20 and 3RS21 unit in °F.
The temperature monitoring relays can be used in almost any
application in which temperature overshoot or undershoot is not
permitted, e.g. in the monitoring of set temperature limits and the
output of alarm messages for:
• Plant and environment protection
• Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
• Temperature limits for district heating plants
• Exhaust temperature monitoring
• Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
• Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
• Monitoring of coolants
The units are also an excellent alternative to temperature
controllers in the low-end performance range (two-or three-point
control).
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RS1040,
3RS1042,
3RS2040
3RS1140,
3RS2140
3RS1142
<  7 K,  1 digit
10
Auxiliary circuit
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at:
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 240 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Evaluation unit
Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)
<  2 K,  1 digit
<  5 K,  1 digit
Reference point accuracy
--
<5K
Deviations due to ambient temperature
In % of measuring range
%
0.05 °C per K deviation from T20
Measuring cycle
ms
500
Hysteresis settings for temperature
K
1 ... 99, for both values
Adjustable delay time
s
0 ... 999
mA
mA
Typically 1
Typically 0.2
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
1)
---
---
Open-circuit detection
Yes
Yes
Yes
Short-circuit detection
Yes
No
No
Three-wire conductor connection
Yes2)
--
--
Enclosure
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
1)
Not for NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 k; 25 °C: 32.762 k).
2)
Two-wire connection of resistance sensors with wire jumper
between T2 and T3.
10/154
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
V AC
300
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, digitally adjustable, for 1 sensor
Circuit examples
3RS1040, 3RS1042, 3RS2040
Legend
A1, A2, A3 = terminals for rated control supply voltage
K1, K2, K3 = output relays
A1
Memory/
RESET
T1
T2
T3
15
K2
18
16
25
T+/T- = Sensor connection for thermoelements
K3
28
26
33
34
Y3/Y4 = RESET input for 3RS1042, 3RS1142
1
2
Ready
2 = LED: "Relay 2 tripped"
Ready = LED: "Device is ready for operation"
T1 to T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor
Y1/Y2 = Connection for memory jumper for 3RS1040, 3RS1140, 3RS2040,
3RS2140
. Important!
A2
NSB0_01337d
3RS1140, 3RS1142, 3RS2140
Y1/ Y2/
Y3 Y4
1 = LED: "Relay 1 tripped"
K1
When resistance sensors with two-wire connection are used,
T2 and T3 must be jumpered.
A1
Memory/
RESET
K1
1
K2
TT+
2
K3
Ready
15
18
16
25
28
26
33
34
A2
NSB0_01339c
10
Y1/ Y2/
Y3 Y4
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/155
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, digitally adjustable, for 1 sensor
■ Selection and ordering data
• For temperature monitoring with resistance sensors or
thermoelements
• Temperature range dependent on sensor type
- for 3RS10, 3RS11: -99 to +1 800 °C
- for 3RS20, 3RS21: -99 to +1 830 °F
• Wide voltage range versions are electrically separated
• Non-volatile
• Short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor circuit
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Exact sensor type can be set
• 2 separately adjustable threshold values
• 1 hysteresis applies to both thresholds (0 to 99 K)
• 1 delay time applies to both thresholds (0 to 999 s)
• Adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
• Adjustable manual/remote RESET
• Permanent display of actual value in °C or °F and tripping
state
• 1 CO contact each per threshold value
• 1 NO for sensor monitoring
Sensors
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
DT
Measuring range Rated control
(measuring range supply voltage Us
limit depends on 50/60 Hz AC
the sensor)
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Temperature monitoring relay, digitally adjustable, 2 threshold values,
width 45 mm, 1 CO + 1 CO + 1 NO, memory function possible with
external jumper, device parameters are non-volatile
- 50 … + 500 °C
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RS1040-1GD50
3RS1040-1GW50
A
A
3RS1040-2GD50
3RS1040-2GW50
- 58 … + 932 °F
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS2040-1GD50
3RS2040-1GW50
C
C
3RS2040-2GD50
3RS2040-2GW50
TYPE J, K, T, E, N - 99 … + 999 °C
(thermoelement)
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RS1140-1GD60
3RS1140-1GW60
C
C
3RS1140-2GD60
3RS1140-2GW60
- 99 … + 1 830 °F 24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
C
3RS2140-1GD60
3RS2140-1GW60
C
C
3RS2140-2GD60
3RS2140-2GW60
PT100/1000;
KTY83/84; NTC
(resistance
sensors)1)
10
3RS1040-1GD50
3RS1040-2GW50
Temperature monitoring relay, digitally adjustable,
2 threshold values, width 45 mm; 1 CO + 1 CO + 1 NO,
tripping state and device parameters are non-volatile
1)
PT100/1000;
KTY83/84; NTC
(resistance
sensors)1)
- 50 … + 750 °C
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
A
A
3RS1042-1GD70
3RS1042-1GW70
C
C
3RS1042-2GD70
3RS1042-2GW70
TYPE J, K, T, E,
N, R, S, B
(thermoelement)
- 99 … +1 800 °C 24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
C
A
3RS1142-1GD80
3RS1142-1GW80
C
C
3RS1142-2GD80
3RS1142-2GW80
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 k; 25 °C: 32.762 k).
For accessories see page 10/159.
10/156
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors
■ Overview
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
Very simple operation without complicated menu selections
Space-saving with 45 mm width
Two- or three-point control can be parameterized quickly
All versions with removable terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
The 3RS10, 3RS20 temperature monitoring relays can be used
in almost any application in which several temperatures have to
be monitored simultaneously for overshoot or undershoot or
within a range.
SIRIUS 3RS digital temperature monitoring relay for up to 3 sensors
The 3RS10, 3RS20 temperature monitoring relays can be used
for measuring temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media. The
temperature is detected by the sensor in the medium, evaluated
by the device and monitored for overshoot or undershoot or for
staying within an operating range (window function). The 3RS10
units indicate the measured temperature in °C, the 3RS20 units
in °F. The evaluation unit can evaluate up to 3 resistance sensors
at the same time and is specially designed for monitoring motor
windings and bearings.
Monitoring of set temperature limits and output of alarm
messages for:
• Plant and environment protection
• Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
• Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
• Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
• Monitoring of coolants
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RS1041,
3RS2041
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
DIAZED fuse protection
• Operational class gG
A
4
10
Auxiliary circuit
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 240 V
Evaluation unit
<2 K, 1 digit
Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature
(T20)
Deviations due to ambient temperature
In % of measuring range
%
0.05 per K deviation from T20
Measuring cycle
ms
500
1 ... 99 K, for both values
Hysteresis settings for temperature 1
Adjustable delay time
s
0 ... 999
mA
mA
Typically 1
Typically 0.2
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
Open-circuit detection
Yes1)
Short-circuit detection
Yes
Three-wire conductor connection
Yes2)
Enclosure
Rated insulation voltage Ui
(pollution degree 3)
1)
Not for NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 k; 25 °C: 32.762 k).
2)
Two-wire connection of resistance sensors with wire jumper
between T2 and T3.
V AC
300
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/157
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors
Circuit example
3RS1041, 3RS2041
Legend
A1, A2, A3 = Terminals for rated control supply voltage
Y1 Y2
K1, K2, K3 = Output relays
A1
Memory
1T1
1T2
1T3
2T1
2T2
2T3
3T1
3T2
3T3
K1
15
K2
18
16
25
K3
28
26
33
1
2
Ready
1 = LED: "Relay 1 tripped"
2 = LED: "Relay 2 tripped"
Ready = LED: "Device is ready for operation"
1T1 to 1T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 1
2T1 to 2T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 2
3T1 to 3T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 3
Y1/Y2 = Connection for memory jumper
34
. Important!
A2
When resistance sensors with two-wire connection are used,
T2 and T3 must be jumpered.
NSB0_01338c
■ Selection and ordering data
• For temperature monitoring of solids, liquids, and gases
• For two- and three-conductor resistance sensors or
thermoelements
• Temperature range independent of sensor type
- for 3RS10: -50 to +500 °C
- for 3RS20: -58 to +932 °F
• Wide voltage range versions are electrically separated
• Non-volatile
• Short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor circuit
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Exact sensor type and number of sensors can be set
• 2 separately adjustable threshold values
• 1 hysteresis; applies to both thresholds (0 to 99 K)
• 1 delay time; applies to both thresholds (0 to 999 s)
• Adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
• With connectable and disconnectable error memory
• Permanent display of actual value in °C or °F and tripping
state
• 1 CO contact each per threshold value
• 1 NO for sensor monitoring
10
Sensors
Number of
sensors
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Measuring
Rated control supply DT
range (limit of voltage Us
measuring
range dependent on sensor)
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Motor monitoring relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors,
width 45 mm; 1 CO + 1 CO + 1 NO
PT100/1000;
KTY83/84;
NTC
(resistance
sensors)1)
1 ... 3
sensors
-50 ... +500 °C 24 ...240 AC/DC
A
3RS1041-1GW50
A
3RS1041-2GW50
-58 ... +932 °F
C
3RS2041-1GW50
C
3RS2041-2GW50
24 ...240 AC/DC
3RS1041-1GW50
1)
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 k; 25 °C: 32.762 k).
For accessories see page 10/159.
10/158
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS10, 3RS11, 3RS20, 3RS21 Temperature Monitoring Relays
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*
PG
D
3RT1900-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100 3 060 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100 3 060 units
41B
For 3RS10,
Push-in lugs
3RS11, 3RS20, For screw fixing,
3RS21
2 units are required for each device
B
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
For 22.5 mm
Sealable covers
wide 3RS10,
For securing against unauthorized
3RS11, 3RS20, adjustment of setting knobs
3RS21
B
3RP1902
1
5 units
41H
For 3RS10,
Sealing foil
3RS11, 3RS20, For securing against unauthorized
3RS21
adjustment of setting knobs
}
3TK2820-0AA00
1
1 unit
41L
1
1 unit
41B
Blank labels
For 3RS10,
Unit labeling plates
3RS11, 3RS20, For SIRIUS devices
3RS21
NSB0_01429b
20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise1)
For 3RS10,
Adhesive labels
3RS11, 3RS20, For SIRIUS devices
3RS21
3RT1900-1SB20
Push-in lugs and covers
3RP1903
3RP1902
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm, titanium
gray/black, partially insulated
Spring-type terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
10
Matching sensors see www.siemens.com/temperature.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/159
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
■ Overview
In addition to warnings and disconnection in case of temperature deviations, the devices can also be used as a temperature
controller (one-point, two-point or three-point control).
The devices differ from one another in terms of the type and
number of connectable temperature sensors.
• 3RS14: Connection for resistance sensor
• 3RS15: Connection for thermoelements
Function
Temperature monitoring relays
3RS1440
3RS1441
3RS1540
Connectable sensor type
Number of sensors monitored
1
3
1
Resistance sensor
✓
✓
--
Thermoelements
--
--
✓
Temperature monitoring overshoot
✓
✓
✓
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature monitoring relay
Temperature monitoring undershoot
✓
✓
✓
The temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link are used to
measure temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media.
Number of adjustable limit
values
2
2
2
The temperature is calculated using a sensor in the medium,
evaluated by the device and monitored up to two limit values for
overshooting or undershooting a working range (window
function).
✓ Function supported
Temperature monitoring
-- Function not supported
Feeder
Feeder
PLC
10
IO-Link
master
PLC
1
3RS10/11
temperature
monitoring
relay
IO-Link
Analog
signal
converter
3RS10/11
temperature
monitoring
relay
2
1
IC01_00039
IC01_00040
Motor
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data
transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
2
3RS14/15
temperature
monitoring
relay
3RS14/15
temperature
monitoring
relay
Motor
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data
transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
Conventional temperature monitoring relays
Temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link
Notes:
Notes on safety
Devices required for the communication via IO-Link:
• Any controller that supports the IO-Link (e.g. ET 200S
with CPU or S7-300 plus ET 200S distributed I/O, see Catalog
ST 70 "SIMATIC Products for Totally Integrated Automation")
• IO-Link master (IO-Link master 4SI IO-Link or 4SI SIRIUS interface module, which can connect all SIRIUS IO-Link devices to
a controller, see Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication")
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
Each monitoring relay requires an IO-Link channel.
10/160
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
More information about the subject of Industrial Security see
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
Article No. scheme
1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th
Digit of the Article No.
@@@
Temperature monitoring relays
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
3RS
Device type
Version and type of sensor
@
Connection methods
@
Number and type of outputs
@
Control supply voltage
@
Measuring range
@
Special versions
3RS
Example
1
4
4
0
–
1
H
B
5
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
Advantages through energy efficiency
We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy management, using an energy management system that helps to optimally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial
energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate, and
realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware and
software solutions in every process phase.
The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also
make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant
(www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving).
IC0
1_ 0
0 24
4
The 3RS14 and 3RS15 monitoring relays for IO-Link make the
following contribution to the energy efficiency of the plant as a
whole:
• Demand-based control of heating and ventilation in the
process and in the control cabinet
Overview of the energy management process
10
■ Technical specifications
Connection for resistance sensors
Wiring errors
Two-wire measurement
The errors that are generated by the wiring comprise approximately 2.5 Kelvin/. If the resistance of the cable is not known
and cannot be measured, the wiring errors can also be estimated using the following table.
When two-wire temperature sensors are used, the resistances of
the sensor and wiring are added. The resulting systematic error
must be taken into account when the signal evaluation unit is calibrated. A jumper must be clamped between terminals T2 and
T3 for this purpose.
I
T3
T2
Temperature drift dependent on the length and cross-section
of the cable with PT100 sensors and an ambient temperature of
20 °C, in K:
Cable length Cross-section
in m
mm²
0.5
PT100
0.75
1
1.5
Temperature drift in K:
T1
0
0
0
0
0
10
1.8
1.2
0.9
0.6
25
4.5
3.0
2.3
1.5
50
9.0
6.0
4.5
3.0
75
13.6
9.0
6.8
4.5
100
18.1
12.1
9.0
6.0
200
36.3
24.2
18.1
12.1
500
91.6
60.8
45.5
30.2
NSB0_01323b
Example: On a PT100 sensor with a cable length of 10 m and a
conductor cross-section of 1 mm2 the temperature drift equals
0.9 K.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/161
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
Three-wire measurement
Principle of operation
To minimize the effects of the line resistances, a three-wire circuit
is often used. Using the additional cable, two measuring circuits
can be formed of which one is used as a reference. The signal
evaluation unit can then automatically calculate the line resistance and take it into account.
When the temperature has reached the set upper limit value 1,
the K1 output relay changes its switching state after the configured time t has expired. The delay time can be adjusted. The K2
output relay responds in the same manner to the lower limit value
of 2.
The output relays return immediately to their original state
(the RESET response is configured at Auto RESET) once the
temperature reaches the respective hysteresis value.
T3
T2
PT100
T1
NSB0_01324b
Both limit values 1 and 2 can be parameterized for overshooting or undershooting. This makes it possible to use a limit value
for issuing an alarm signal to announce that a limit value is about
to be overshot or undershot. The other limit value can be used
for disconnection or to implement two-point or three-point
control.
Note:
Based on the thermo-electrical effect, a differential temperature
measurement will be performed between the measuring point
and the signal evaluation unit.
This principle assumes that the signal evaluation unit knows the
temperature at the clamping point (T2). For this reason, the
3RS15 temperature monitoring relay has an integral compensator that determines this comparison temperature and builds it
into the result of the measurement. The thermal sensors and cables must be insulated therefore.
The absolute temperature is therefore calculated from the ambient temperature of the signal evaluation unit and the temperature
difference measured by the thermoelement.
Temperature detection is therefore possible (T1) without needing
to know the precise ambient temperature of the clamping point
at the signal evaluation unit (T2).
The connecting cable is only permitted to be extended using
connecting leads that are made from the same material as the
thermoelement. If a different type of conductor is used, an error
will result in the measurement.
The "Temperature monitoring mode" parameter can be used to
set the desired type of monitoring (monitoring for overshooting
or undershooting or range monitoring).
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Temperature overshoot
1 >
2
1
Hysteresis
2
Hyst
15/18
15/16
LED 1
Delay
IC01_00032
Connection of thermoelements
25/28
25/26
LED 2
Delay
10
NiCr
Temperature undershoot
T2
1 >
Ni
Measuring
point
NSB0_01325a
Internal
reference point compensation
For more information, see
www.feldgeraete.de/76/produkte/fuw.html
www.ephy-mess.de
Hysteresis
1
Hysteresis
2
15/18
15/16
LED 1
or from
EPHY-MESS GmbH, see Chapter 16 "Appendix"
➞ "External Partners".
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
Delay
25/28
25/26
LED 2
10/162
2
IC01_00033
T1
Delay
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
With the closed-circuit principle selected
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Range monitoring
1 >
1 >
2
2
1
Hysteresis
1
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
2
Hysteresis
2
Auto-RESET
15/18
15/16
Y3
Delay
IC01_00034
LED 1
25/28
25/26
LED 2
Y4
15/18
15/16
LED 1
Delay
Delay
25/28
25/26
LED 2
The digitally adjustable temperature monitoring relays for
IO-Link have a memory function. The memory function is illustrated below by the example of a temperature overshoot.
The temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link respond as
described below:
• With temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link the memory
function is activated as standard (RESET). The output relays
only return to the original state when the temperature falls below the set hysteresis value and when one of the following
steps is performed:
- Brief jumpering of the Y3/Y4 terminals
- Set the rotary knob to "RUN" position and press the
right-hand arrow key
- Perform a RESET through IO-Link
• If the Y3/Y4 terminals are permanently jumpered, the memory
function is deactivated (Auto RESET). The output relays return
immediately to their original state once a previously occurred
fault has been rectified and the temperature falls below the
respective hysteresis value.
RESET
Y3
Y4
15/18
15/16
LED 1
Delay
25/28
25/26
LED 2
Delay
10
When the temperature has reached the 1 limit value, the K1
output relay changes its switching state after the configured
time t has expired (output relay K2 reacts similarly at 2).
Delay
IC01_00035
Storage function
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/163
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
Characteristic curves
5000
NSB0_01322a
Resistance in
For resistance sensor
NTC
4000
3000
KTY83 KTY84 PT1000
2000
1000
PT100
0
-100
0
100
200
300
Measuring ranges for resistance sensors
Sensor type Short
circuit
Open
circuit
3RS1440, 3RS1441
Measuring range
in °C
Measuring range
in °F
PT100
✓
✓
–50 ... +750
–58 ... +1 382
PT1000
✓
✓
–50 ... +500
–58 ... +932
KTY83-110
✓
✓
–50 ... +175
–58 ... +347
KTY84
✓
✓
–40 ... +300
–40 ... +572
NTC1)
✓
--
+80 ... +160
+176 ... +320
✓ Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
400
500
Temperature in °C
1)
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 k; 25 °C: 32.762 k).
The short-circuit and open-circuit detection as well as the
measuring range is limited, depending on the sensor type.
Measuring ranges for thermoelements
80
Type "E"
70
Sensor type Short
circuit
Open
circuit
3RS1540
Measuring range
in °C
Measuring range
in °F
Type "K"
K
--
✓
-99 ... +1 350
-146.2 ... +2 462
Type "N"
N
--
✓
-99 ... +1 300
-146.2 ... +2 372
J
--
✓
-99 ... +1 200
-146.2 ... +2 192
E
--
✓
-99 ... +999
-146.2 ... +1 830.2
T
--
✓
-99 ... +400
-146.2 ... +752
S
--
✓
0 ... 1 750
32 ... 3 182
R
--
✓
0 ... 1 750
32 ... 3 182
B
--
✓
400 ... 1 800
752 ... 3 272
Type "J"
60
50
40
NSB0_01321a
Voltage in mV
For thermoelements
30
Type "T"
20
10
0
0
200
400
500
800
1000 1200 1400 1600
Temperature in °C
✓ Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
9ROWDJHLQ
25000
Type "R"
20000
Type "S"
15000
Type "B"
10000
5000
0
400
600
800
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Temperature in °C
Characteristic curves for sensor types S, R and B
10/164
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
IC01_00044
10
Characteristic curves for sensor types K, N, J, E and T
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
General data
Type
3RS14,
3RS15
General technical specifications
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm
45 x 106 x 91
mm
45 x 108 x 91
°C
-25 ... +60
D
• Spring-type terminals
H
• Screw terminals
W
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
Connection type
•
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
Tightening torque
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
AWG
Nm
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Solid
Finely stranded, with end sleeves acc. to DIN 46228
Finely stranded
AWG cables, solid or stranded
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4), 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
0.8 … 1.2
mm2
mm2
mm2
AWG
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
■ More information
Notes on safety
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
More information about the subject of Industrial Security see
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
10
For the manual "3RS14/3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays
for IO-Link", see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/54375463.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/165
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
Monitoring
■ Overview
When the temperature has reached the 1 limit value, the K1
output relay changes its switching state after the configured
time t has expired (output relay K2 reacts accordingly at 2).
The delay time can be adjusted.
The output relays return immediately to their original state once
the temperature reaches the respective hysteresis value.
When the temperature has reached the top 1 limit value, the K1
output relay changes its switching state after the configured
time t has expired. The output relay returns immediately to its
original state once the temperature reaches the respective
hysteresis value.
The K2 output relay reacts in the same way at the 2 lower
threshold. Both limit values 1 and 2 can be parameterized for
overshooting or undershooting the thresholds. This makes it
possible to use a limit value for issuing an alarm signal to
announce that a limit value is about to be overshot or undershot.
Note:
SIRIUS 3RS1440 digital monitoring relay for 1 sensor
The 3RS14 and 3RS15 temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link
are used to measure temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media. The temperature is calculated using a sensor in the medium,
evaluated by the device and monitored for overshooting or undershooting a working range (window function). The digital temperature monitoring relays have two separately adjustable limit
values, are non-volatile and can be operated as desired using
the open- or closed-circuit principle.
The devices differ in terms of the number of temperature sensors
which can be evaluated. The 3RS1440 and 3RS1540 for IO-Link
temperature monitoring relays can be digitally adjusted for one
sensor and represent an alternative to temperature controllers in
the low-end range (two-point or three-point control).
10
The devices with two-point control can, for example, be used as
a thermostat. The devices with three-point control can,
for example, independently switch between heating and
cooling.
The 3RS1441 temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link can be
digitally adjusted to evaluate up to three resistance sensors at
one time. The devices were designed specifically for monitoring
motor windings and positions.
The temperature monitoring relays are powered through the
control supply voltages IO-Link (L+) and ground (L-) or via an
external 24 V DC power supply.
10/166
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
The "Temperature monitoring mode" parameter can be used to
set the desired type of monitoring (monitoring for overshooting
or undershooting or range monitoring).
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
Very simple operation without complicated menu selections
Two- or three-point control can be parameterized quickly
All versions with removable terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
The temperature monitoring relays can be used in almost any
application in which temperature overshoot or undershoot is not
permitted, e.g. in the monitoring of set temperature limits and the
output of alarm messages for:
• Plant and environment protection
• Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
• Temperature limits for district heating plants
• Exhaust temperature monitoring
• Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
• Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
• Monitoring of coolants
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RS1440
3RS1540
Auxiliary circuit
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
Evaluation unit
Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)
< 2 K,  1 digit
< 5 K,  1 digit
Reference point accuracy
--
< 5 K
Deviations due to ambient temperature
In % of measuring range
%
0.05 °C per K deviation from T20
Measuring cycle
ms
500
Hysteresis settings for temperature
K
1 ... 99, for both values
Adjustable delay time
s
0 ... 999.9
mA
mA
Typically 1
Typically 0.2
---
Open-circuit detection
✓1)
3
Short-circuit detection
3
--
Three-wire conductor connection
✓2)
--
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
Enclosure
V AC
Rated insulation voltage Ui
pollution degree 2
300
✓ Available
1)
Not for NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 k; 25 °C: 32.762 k).
-- Not available
2)
Two-wire connection of resistance sensors with wire jumper
between T2 and T3.
Circuit examples
3RS1440
Legend
L+ = IO-Link control supply voltage
C = Communication signal
Y4
RESET
K1
18
16
1
T1
T2
T3
K2
K3
35
38
36
Ready
IC01_00037
C
25
28
26
2
L-
15
L- = IO-Link ground
K1 = Output relay for temperature limit value1
K2 = Output relay for temperature limit value2
K3 = Output relay for "device is ready for operation"
10
Y3
1 = LED: "Relay K1 tripped"
2 = LED: "Relay K2 tripped"
T1 to T3 = Sensor connection for 3RS14 resistance sensor
T+/T- = Sensor connection for 3RS15 thermoelements
Y3/Y4 = RESET input
. Important!
When resistance sensors with two-wire connection are used,
T2 and T3 must be jumpered.
L+
3RS1540
Y3
Y4
RESET
K1
18
16
1
T−
T+
K2
K3
Ready
C
25
28
26
2
L-
15
IC01_00036
35
38
36
L+
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/167
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
■ Selection and ordering data
• To monitor temperatures with a resistance sensor or
thermoelement
• Temperature range dependent on sensor type
-99 to +1 800 °C or -146.2 to +3 272 °F
• Short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor circuit
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Exact sensor type can be set
• 2 limit values, can be adjusted separately
• Adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
• Can be adjusted by hand or remote RESET
(via an external contact)
• Actual value, tripping state for control displayed and
conveyed, adjustable in °C or °F
• 1 CO contact per limit value
• 1 CO contact for monitoring sensors and devices
3RS1440-1HB50
Sensors
3RS1540-1HB80
Measuring range
(limit of measuring
range dependent on
sensor)
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3RS1540-2HB80
3RS1440-2HB50
Hysteresis can be
adjusted
for
1 and 2
Tripping
delay time
can be
adjusted
for
1 and 2
DELAY
Control
supply
voltage
Us
K
s
V DC
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
10
Temperature monitoring relay, digitally adjustable for a sensor,
non-volatile fault storage can be selected
0 ... 99
0 ... + 999.9
24
A
3RS1440-1HB50
A
3RS1440-2HB50
Type
- 99 … + 1 800 °C or 0 ... 99
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T - 146.2 … + 3 272 °F
(thermoelements)
0 ... + 999.9
24
A
3RS1540-1HB80
A
3RS1540-2HB80
PT100/PT1000,
KTY83/KTY84,
NTC
(resistance
sensor)1)
1)
-50 … +750 °C or
-58 … +1 382 °F
NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 k; 25 °C: 32.762 k).
For accessories see page 10/171.
10/168
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors
■ Overview
■ Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
Very simple operation without complicated menu selections
Space-saving with 45 mm width
Two- or three-point control can be parameterized quickly
All versions with removable terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
■ Application
The 3RS1441 temperature monitoring relays can be used almost
anywhere where several temperatures must be monitored at one
time for overshooting, undershooting or staying within a certain
range.
SIRIUS 3RS1441 digital temperature monitoring relays for up to 3 sensors
The 3RS14 temperature monitoring relays can be used to measure temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media. The temperature is calculated using a sensor in the medium, evaluated by the
device and monitored for overshooting or undershooting a working range (window function). The devices can be parameterized
to indicate the measured temperature in °C or °F. The 3RS1441
evaluation unit can evaluate up to 3 resistance sensors at the
same time.
Monitoring of set temperature limits and output of alarm
messages for:
• Plant and environment protection
• Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
• Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
• Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
• Monitoring of coolants
■ Technical specifications
Type
3RS1441
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 250 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
DIAZED fuse protection
• Operational class gG
A
4
10
Auxiliary circuit
Evaluation unit
<2 K, 1 digit
Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20)
Deviations due to ambient temperature
In % of measuring range
%
0.05 per K deviation from T20
Measuring cycle
ms
500
Hysteresis settings for temperature 1
K
1 ... 99, for both values
Adjustable delay time
s
0 ... 999.9
mA
mA
Typically 1
Typically 0.2
Sensor circuit
Typical sensor circuits
• PT100
• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC
Open-circuit detection
✓1)
Short-circuit detection
3
Three-wire conductor connection
✓2)
Enclosure
Rated insulation voltage Ui
pollution degree 2
V AC
300
✓ Available
1)
Not for NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 k; 25 °C: 32.762 k).
2)
Two-wire connection of resistance sensors with wire jumper
between T2 and T3.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/169
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors
Circuit example
3RS1441
Legend
L+ = IO-Link control supply voltage
Y3
C = Communication signal
Y4
RESET
K3 = Output relay for "device is ready for operation"
1 = LED: "Relay K1 tripped"
2 = LED: "Relay K2 tripped"
28
26
2
Ready
Y3/Y4 = RESET input for 3RS14, 3RS15
1T1 to 1T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 1
2T1 to 2T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 2
35
K3
C
K2 = Output relay for temperature limit value2
25
K2
L-
K1 = Output relay for temperature limit value1
18
16
1
1T1
1T2
1T3
2T1
2T2
2T3
3T1
3T2
3T3
L- = IO-Link ground
15
K1
3T1 to 3T3 = Sensor connection for resistance sensor 3
38
36
IC01_00038
Y3/Y4 = RESET input for 3RS14
L+
. Important!
When resistance sensors with two-wire connection are used,
T2 and T3 must be jumpered.
■ Selection and ordering data
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
10
• For temperature monitoring with up to 3 resistance sensors
• Temperature range dependent on sensor type
-50 to +750 °C or -58 to +1 382 °F
• Short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor circuit
• Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD
• Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or
external auxiliary voltage
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Exact sensor type and number of sensors can be set
• 2 limit values, can be adjusted separately
• Adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
• Can be adjusted by hand or remote RESET
(via an external contact)
• Actual value, tripping state for control displayed and
conveyed, adjustable in °C or °F
• 1 CO contact per limit value
• 1 CO contact for monitoring sensors and devices
3RS1441-2HB50
3RS1441-1HB50
Sensors
Number
of
sensors
that can
be set
Measuring range
(limit of
measuring range
dependent on
sensor)
Hysteresis
can be
adjusted
for
1 and
2
Tripping
delay time
can be
adjusted
for
1 and 2
DELAY
Control DT
supply
voltage
Us
K
s
V DC
DT
Screw
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Temperature monitoring relay, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors,
non-volatile fault storage can be selected
PT100/PT1000,
1 ... 3
- 50 ... +750 °C
KTY83/KTY84,
sensors or
NTC
-58 ... +1 382 °F
(resistance sensor)1)
1)
0 ... 99
0 ... + 999.9 24
A
3RS1441-1HB50
A
3RS1441-2HB50
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 °C: 1.8 k; 25 °C: 32.762 k).
For accessories see page 10/171.
10/170
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays for IO-Link
Accessories
■ Selection and ordering data
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*
PG
D
3RT2900-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100 3 060 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100 3 060 units
41B
For 3RS14 and Push-in lugs
3RS15
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
B
3RP1903
1
10 units
41H
For 3RS14 and Sealing foil
3RS15
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
}
3TK2820-0AA00
1
1 unit
41L
1
1 unit
41B
Blank labels
For 3RS14 and Unit labeling plates
3RS15
For SIRIUS devices
IC01_00181
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)
For 3RS14 and Adhesive labels
3RS15
For SIRIUS devices
3RT2900-1SB20
Push-in lugs and covers
3RP1903
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
3RA2908-1A
1)
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black,
partially insulated
Spring-type terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
10
Matching sensors see www.siemens.com/temperature.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/171
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
■ Overview
Thermistor motor protection devices are used for direct monitoring of the motor winding temperature. For this purpose, the motors are equipped with temperature-dependent resistors (PTC)
that are directly installed in the motor winding and abruptly
change their resistance at their temperature limit.
SIRIUS 3RN1 thermistor motor protection
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 5th
@@@@@
Thermistor motor protection
6th 7th
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
@
Number and version of the sensor circuits
@
RESET response
@
Connection type
@
Type and number of outputs
@
Control supply voltage
@
Protective separation
@
Behavior in the event of voltage failure
3RN10
Example
@
3RN10
0
0
–
1
A
B
0
0
10
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
■ Benefits
• Thanks to direct motor protection, overdimensioning of the
motors is not necessary
• No settings on the device are necessary
• Solid-state compatible output thanks to versions with hard
gold-plated contacts
• Rapid error diagnosis thanks to versions that indicate open
and short circuits in the sensor circuit
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw terminals or spring-type terminals
■ Application
Direct motor protection through temperature monitoring of the
motor winding offers 100 % motor protection even under the
most difficult ambient conditions, without the need to make adjustments on the device. Versions with hard gold-plated contacts
ensure, in addition, a high switching reliability that is even higher
than an electronic control.
Direct motor protection
• At increased ambient temperatures
• When switching frequency is too high
• When start-up and braking procedures are too long
• Used together with frequency converters (low speeds)
10/172
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
ATEX approval for operation in areas subject to explosion
hazard
The SIRIUS 3RN1 thermistor motor protection relay for
PTC sensors is certified according to ATEX Ex II (2) G and D for
environments with explosive gas or dust loads.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Motor protection using current- and temperature-dependent
protective devices
Application
Motor protection
Only currentdependent,
e.g. with
overload relay
Only temperaCurrent- and
ture-dependent, temperaturee.g. with
dependent
thermistor motor
protection relay
Overloading in
uninterrupted duty
✓
✓
✓
Long start-up and braking
operations
❍
✓
✓
Irregular intermittent duty
❍
✓
✓
Excessively high switching
frequency
❍
✓
✓
Single-phase operation and ✓
current unbalance
✓
✓
Voltage and frequency
fluctuations
✓
✓
✓
Stalling of the rotor
EN 60204 and IEC 60204 stipulate that motors must be
protected from overheating at a rating of 0.5 kW and higher.
The protection can take the form of overload protection,
overtemperature protection or current limiting.
For motors with frequent starting and braking and in environments where cooling may be impaired (e. g. by dust), it is
recommended to use the overtemperature protection option in
the form of a protective device coordinated with this mode of
operation. A good choice in this case is the use of
3RN1 thermistor motor protection devices.
On rotor-critical motors, overtemperature detection in the stator
windings can lead to delayed and hence inadequate protection.
In this case the standards stipulate additional protection,
e. g. by means of an overload relay.
This combination of thermistor motor protection and an overload
relay is recommended for full motor protection in case of
frequent starting and braking of motors, irregular intermittent
duty or excessive switching frequency. To prevent premature
tripping of the overload relay in such operating conditions, a
higher setting than that normally required for the operational
current is chosen. The overload relay then performs the stall
protection, and the 3RN1 thermistor motor protection device
monitors the temperature of the motor windings.
Motor protection in case of
✓
✓
✓
Switching on a stalled rotor ✓
of a stator-critical motor
✓
✓
Switching on a stalled rotor ✓
of a rotor-critical motor
❍
✓
Elevated ambient
temperature
--
✓
✓
Impeded cooling
--
✓
✓
✓ Full protection
❍ Conditional protection
-- No protection
■ Technical specifications
The 3RN1 evaluation units are suitable for use in any climate and
finger-safe according to EN 50274.
4000
R
1330
550
10
They comply with:
• IEC 60947-8. Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 8:
"Control units for built-in thermal protection (PTC) for rotating
electrical machines"
• IEC 61000-6-2 and IEC 61000-6-4 "Electromagnetic compatibility of I&C equipment in industrial process engineering"
250
The terminals of the auxiliary contacts are designated in
accordance with EN 60947-1.
The 3RN1 evaluation units are suitable for snap-on mounting
onto TH 35 standard mounting rails according to IEC 60715 or
for screw fixing using an adapter (Accessories).
Any mounting position is possible.
For devices with the "Manual RESET" function, the test function
can be activated and a trip simulated by pressing the blue
Test/RESET button for > 2 seconds.
If a Type A temperature sensor is connected to a Type A
evaluation unit, compliance with the operating temperatures is
assured (on pick-up and reset) according to IEC 60947-8.
20
-20°C 0
NSB0_00320a
TNF-20 TNF TNF+15 T
TNF-5 TNF+5
Characteristic curve of the 3RN1 evaluation unit
The characteristic curves of the Type A temperature sensors are
described in IEC 60947-8, DIN 44081 and EN 44082 standards.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/173
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Use in areas subject to explosion hazard for gases
Notes:
All devices are approved for Equipment Group II, Category (2)
in Area "G" (areas that contain explosive gases, vapor, spray and
air mixtures).
Tripping of the thermistor motor protection relay even in combination with a converter must directly result in disconnection. This
must be implemented with circuitry.
With PTB 01 ATEX 3218 ex II (2) G, compliance with directive
94/9 EC Appendix II is confirmed. The safety devices must be
selected with suitable settings for the safe operation of motors of
the "Increased safety" (EEx e) and "Flameproof enclosure"
(EEx d) types of protection and are used outside the area
subject to explosion hazard.
Mounting and installation must only be performed by qualified
personnel who observe the applicable regulations!
For mounting, use the mounting instructions
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0RN10-1AA1.
PTB 01 ATEX 3218 ex II (2) G
The increased danger in areas subject to explosion hazard demands careful analysis of the operating manual, the safety and
commissioning instructions and the standard (EN 60079-14/
VDE 0165) for electronic equipment in areas subject to gas
explosion hazards.
A risk analysis must be performed for the complete plant or machine. If this risk analysis results in a minimal potential for danger
(Safety Category 1), all 3RN1 TMS evaluation units can be implemented taking into account the safety notes. In the case of
plants or machines with a high potential risk, device versions
with integrated short-circuit detection in the sensor circuit are
necessary.
Use in areas subject to explosion hazard for dust
PTB 01 ATEX 3218 ex II (2) GD
3RN1011-.B/-.G, 3RN1012-.B/-.G and 3RN1013-...0 evaluation
units can be used as protective devices for motors in areas subject to gas explosion hazard for protection against impermissible
overheating due to overload. If the ATEX identification has the
extension "D:=Dust", these units can also be used as protective
devices for motors in areas subject to dust explosion hazard
(IEC 61241-14).
10
Additional information is provided in the EC type test certificate
which can be obtained from the Internet. The units comply with
the requirements of the following classes:
Device
Class
3RN1000, 3RN1010, 3RN1011-.C,
3RN1012-.C, 3RN1022, 3RN1062
EN ISO 13849-1: Category 1
3RN1011-.B, 3RN1011-.G,
EN ISO 13849-1: Category 2
3RN1012-.B, 3RN1012-.G, 3RN1013
The measuring circuit leads must be routed as separate control
cables. It is not permitted to use cores from the supply line of the
motor or any other main supply cables. If extreme inductive or
capacitive interference is expected as a result of power lines
routed in parallel, shielded control cables must be used.
Cable routing
Maximum cable length for sensor circuit cables
Cable cross- Cable length for evaluation units
section
Without short-circuit detection With short-circuit detection 1)
3RN1011-.B/-.G,
3RN1000, 3RN1010,
3RN1012-.B/-.G,
3RN1011-.C, 3RN1012-.C,
3RN1013
3RN1022, 3RN1062
mm2
m
m
2.5
2 x 2 800
2 x 250
1.5
2 x 1 500
2 x 150
0.5
2 x 500
2 x 50
1)
A short circuit in the sensor circuit will be detected up to this maximum
cable length.
10/174
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
The 3RN10 is not intended for installation in hazardous areas.
For installation in areas subject to explosion hazards, the 3RN10
must be enclosed in a flameproof casing.
For evaluation units with a 24 V AC/DC control voltage, electrical
separation must be secured with a battery network or a safety
transformer.
When evaluation units with Auto RESET function are used,
resetting is performed automatically after the cooling time has
expired. It must be ensured by means of an external interlock
(latching with a separate ON and OFF button) that the machine
to be monitored does not start up again spontaneously.
Units with the "Auto RESET" function must not be used in
applications in which the unexpected restart can lead to
personal injury or property damage.
In the case of evaluation units without short-circuit detection,
during commissioning or after modifications or maintenance
work (assembly, disassembly) on the equipment, the sensor
resistance must be measured using a suitable measuring
device. For resistances of < 50 W the sensor circuit must be
checked for a short circuit.
If 3RN1000 units are used to protect EEx e motors, separate
monitoring of the control voltage is recommended because there
is no Ready LED to indicate connection to the supply voltage.
If 3RN1013-.BW01 unit are used to protect EEx e motors,
separate monitoring of the control voltage is recommended
because the switching state of the auxiliary contacts does not
change if the control voltage fails (use of a bistable relay is
recommended).
Before commissioning, the effectiveness of the protection
function must be checked.
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Principle of operation
3RN1062 multiple motor protection evaluation units
The 3RN1 evaluation units operate in accordance with the
closed-circuit principle and therefore monitor themselves for
open circuit (except: warning output in the case of 3RN1022).
A momentary voltage failure of less than 50 ms does not change
the status of the auxiliary contacts. The 3RN1011, 3RN1012 and
3RN1013 units with 2 changeover contacts are also equipped
with short-circuit detection in the sensor circuit. The unit will trip
in the event of a short circuit in the sensor circuit (resistance in
sensor circuit < 20).
Up to 6 sensor circuits can be connected to the 3RN1062
evaluation unit, all of which act on one output relay. The simultaneous protection of several motors (up to 6) is an advantage for
multi-motor drives (e.g. if one motor is overloaded, all the other
motors of the drive will be shut down). Apart from the red LED
"TRIPPED", which signals the switching state of the evaluation
unit, an LED is assigned to each sensor circuit which indicates
the sensor circuit that has responded during tripping. Unused
sensor circuits must be short-circuited.
All evaluation units (except for 24 V AC/DC) feature electrical
separation between the control circuit and the sensor circuit.
3RN1000 compact evaluation unit
The reset response of the 3RN1062 evaluation units can be
changed from Manual RESET to Auto RESET by linking terminals
Y1 and Y2. Remote RESET is implemented by connecting an
external pushbutton with a normally-open function.
The compact unit is equipped with a red LED (TRIPPED) for the
tripped indicator and a changeover contact.
Response of the evaluation units in the event of control
voltage failure
This unit is particularly suitable in circuits in which the control
circuit and signaling circuit have the same potential, e.g. in local
control cabinets.
3RN1010, 3RN1011, 3RN1012, 3RN1013 standard evaluation
units
Behavior
Monostable
3RN1000,
3RN1010,
3RN1011
In case of failure
of the control
voltage
Device trips
Non-volatile,
monostable
3RN1012,
3RN1013-....0,
3RN1022,
3RN1062
Bistable
Device trips
No change in
switching state of
the auxiliary
contacts
3RN1013-...01
The standard units are equipped with two LEDs (READY and
TRIPPED) for an operating and tripped display and are available
with either 1 NO + 1 NC or with 2 CO contacts. They are available
depending on the version with Auto RESET (3RN1010),
Manual/Remote RESET (3RN1011) or Manual/Auto and
Remote RESET (3RN1012 and 3RN1013). Remote RESET can
be achieved by connecting an external pushbutton with a
normally-open function to terminals Y1 and Y2. If terminals Y1
and Y2 are bridged, tripping will be followed by an Auto RESET.
In case of return Device resets
of the control
voltage without a
preceding
tripping operation
Device resets
No change in
switching state of
the auxiliary
contacts
In case of return Device resets
of the control
voltage after a
preceding
tripping operation
The device
remains tripped
No change in
switching state of
the auxiliary contacts
The 3RN1011, 3RN1012 and 3RN1013 units with 2 CO contacts
also have short-circuit monitoring in the sensor circuit.
Protective separation
The 3RN1012 and the 3RN1013 are non-volatile. This means that
even if the control supply voltage fails, a trip preceding it will be
saved.
In the case of the 3RN1013 evaluation unit, tripping due to a
short circuit in the sensor circuit will be indicated by a flashing
red LED. The monostable version also indicates open circuit in
the sensor circuit by flashing of the red LED.
All circuits (outputs, control circuits, sensors and RESET circuits)
of the multifunction evaluation units 3RN1013-1BW10 and
3RN1013-1GW10 (wide voltage range, monostable output relay
and screw connection) are safely isolated from each other up to
a rated voltage of 300 V according to IEC 60947-1.
3RN1022 "Warning and disconnection" evaluation units
Two sensor circuits can be connected to one 3RN1022 evaluation unit that acts on one output relay with 1 NO contact for
warning and 1 CO contact for disconnection. Temperature
sensors with different rated response temperatures TNF are
used to implement the "Warning" and "Disconnection" functions.
When the "Warning" sensor circuit responds, a yellow LED is lit
and when the "Disconnection" circuit responds, a red LED is lit.
The sensor circuits have a different reset response and
operating behavior:
• "Warning" (terminals 2T1, T2) only features Auto RESET and
uses the open-circuit principle.
• "Disconnection" (terminals 1T1, T2) can be changed from
Manual RESET to Auto RESET by linking terminals Y1 and Y2.
Remote RESET is implemented by connecting an external
pushbutton with a normally-open function.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/175
10
After the unit has tripped, it is automatically reset once the
thermistors have cooled down. The root of the changeover
contact is connected to the control voltage (95 is connected to
terminal A1).
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Function diagrams
3RN1013-.BW01
3RN1000, 3RN1010 (Auto RESET)
NSB0_00316c
NSB0_00314c
A1/A2
3800
1500
T1/T2
RESET
(Y1/Y2)
A1/A2
3800
1500
T1/T2
K
K
LED Tripped
LED Tripped
3RN1011
1)
3RN1013-...00
NSB0_00315d
NSB0_00318c
A1/A2
3800
1500
T1/T2
A1/A2
3800
1500
T1/T2
RESET
(Y1/Y2)
(Y1/Y2)
K
K
LED Tripped
LED Tripped
3RN1012/3RN1022/3RN10621)
3RN1022 only
NSB0_00317b
A1/A2
3800
1500
T1/T2
RESET
(Y1/Y2)
3800
1500
2T1/T2
NSB0_00319c
K1
K, K2
LED alarm
LED Tripped
For versions with 2 CO contacts and short-circuit detection in the sensor
circuit see function diagram 3RN1013.
Type
Compact
units
Standard devices
3RN1000
3RN1010
3RN1011
3RN1012
Multifunction units
Warning + Multiple motor
disconnec- protection
tion
3RN1013
3RN1022
3RN1062
General data
mm
mm
22.5 x 83 x 91
22.5 x 84 x 91
45 x 83 x 91
45 x 84 x 91
mm
mm
22.5 x 92 x 91
22.5 x 94 x 91
---
mm
mm
22.5 x 102 x 91
22.5 x 103 x 91
45 x 106 x 91
45 x 108 x 91
D
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• For 2 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
• For 3 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
• For 4 terminal blocks
- Screw terminals
- Spring-type terminals
H
10
1)
W
Number of connectable sensor circuits
1
Response in the event of control voltage failure
See page 10/175
Manual RESET
--
✓
Auto RESET
✓
--
✓
Remote RESET
--
✓1)
✓
TEST button
--
✓
Short-circuit detection for sensor circuit
--
✓ (for 2-CO units)
Short-circuit and open-circuit display
--
Warning and disconnection in one unit
--
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
°C
✓ Function available
-- Function not available
1)
Remote RESET possible by disconnecting control voltage.
2)
Open circuits are only indicated by monostable versions
(3RN1013-....0).
10/176
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
-25 ... +60
2
✓
--
✓2)
-✓
6
--
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Type
Compact
units
Standard devices
3RN1000
3RN1010
3RN1011
3RN1012
Multifunction units
Warning + Multiple motor
disconnec- protection
tion
3RN1013
3RN1022
3RN1062
Evaluation unit
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3)
V
300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
kV
4
Screw terminals
Connection type
•
•
•
•
Terminal screw
Solid
Finely stranded with end sleeve
AWG cables, solid or stranded
mm2
mm2
AWG
M3 (for standard screwdriver, size 2 and Pozidriv 2)
1 x (0.5 ... 4)/2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)
1 x (0.5 ... 2.5)/2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)
2 x (20 ... 14)
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
mm2
2
mm
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
mm2
AWG
2 x (0.25 ... 1.5)
2 x (24 ... 16)
Measuring circuit load at RF  1.5 m
mW
5
Voltage in sensor circuit at RF  1.5 m
V
2
Response temperature (depends on sensor)
°C
60 ... 180
Coupling time (depends on sensor)
s
About 5
Summation PTC resistance RF (per sensor loop)
k
 1.5; response value 3.4 ... 3.8; return value 1.5 ... 1.65
Response tolerance
°C
6
• Solid
• Finely stranded, with end sleeves
acc. to DIN 46228
• Finely stranded
• AWG cables, solid or stranded
Sensor circuit
Control circuit
Rated control supply voltage Us
see page 10/179 and 10/180
Operating range
• 110/230 V AC
• 24 ... 240 V AC/DC
• 24 V AC/DC
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
0.85 ... 1.2 x Us for DC operation, 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us for AC operation
Rated power AC/DC
W
<2
A
5
Conventional thermal current Ith
Rated operational current Ie
• AC-15/24 ... 250 V
• DC-13 at
- 24 V
- 125 V
- 240 V
A
3
A
A
A
1
0.2
0.1
DIAZED fuse protection
A
61)
V
V
300
300
10
Auxiliary circuit
CSA and UL rated data, control circuit
Rated control voltage 50/60 Hz
• AC
• DC
Switching capacity
R 300/B 300
Protective separation up to 300 V
acc. to IEC 60947-1
--
✓
3RN10131BW10,
3RN10131GW10
--
✓ Function available
-- Function not available
1)
In > 1 kA weld-free according to IEC 60947-5-1.
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/177
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
Circuit diagrams
Illustrated with
control voltage
applied
Illustrated with Illustrated with
control voltage control voltage
not applied applied
A1/95
A1(11)
N H2 K
A2
T1 T2
96 98
(14) (12)
NSB0_00322b
3RN1000, 1 CO
A1
95 97
(13) (21)
A1
H1
H2 K
N
T1 T2
A2
N
96 98
(14) (22)
NSB0_00323b
T/R
3RN1010, 1 NO + 1 NC
T1 T2
A1
N
95 97
96 98 06 08
A1
H2 K
A2
N
96 98
(14) (22)
T1 T2
NSB0_00323b
T/R
95
05
N
96 98 06 08
T/R
95 97
(13) (21)
96 98
(14) (22)
Y1 Y2 A1
H1
H2 K
A2
N
T1 T2
NSB0_00325a
T/R
1 NO + 1 NC
Y1 Y2 A1
H1
H2 K
A2
3RN1011, 2 CO
Y1 Y2 A1(A3)
H1
95
05
H2 K
A2
96 98 06 08
Legend for 3RN1022
(14) (12) (24) (22) H1
LED "READY"
NSB0_01398
H2
LED "TRIPPED"
H3
LED "ALARM"
K1
Output relay
for warning threshold
(LED "ALARM")
(11)
(21)
K2
Output relay
for disconnect
(LED "TRIPPED")
1T1 and T2 Terminals of the
(14) (12) (24) (22) 2T1 and T2 sensor loop
NSB0_01399a
T/R
. Important!
Close unconnected sensor circuits.
3RN1012, 2 CO
95
05
(11)
Legend for 3RN1062
(21)
H1 to H6
H2 K
N
10
A2
(13) (21)
3RN10111), 1 NO + 1 NC
T1 T2
H2 K
H1
T1 T2
3RN10121),
05
3RN1010, 2 CO
H1
T1 T2
95
H1
Illustrated with General legend
control voltage
not applied A1, A2 , A3 Terminals of the control
voltage
N
Amplifier
T/R
TEST/RESET button
Y1, Y2
Terminals for
Remote RESET
(jumpered =
Auto RESET)

The double arrow
indicates an operating
state of the contact
according to
(11)
(21)
EN 60617-7 which
deviates from the norm
(here: Position of the
contacts when control
voltage is applied to
(14) (12) (24) (22)
NSB0_01397
terminals A1 and A2)
H1
LED "READY"
H2
LED "TRIPPED"
K
Output relay
T1, T2
Connections of the
(11)
(21)
sensor loop
A2
96 98 06 08
H7
H8
K
1T1, 1T2
to
6T1, 6T2
(14) (12) (24) (22)
NSB0_01400
T/R
3RN1013-...0 (monostable)
Y1 Y2 A1
H1
05
(11)
(21)
. Important!
Close unconnected sensor circuits.
H2 K
N
T1 T2
95
A2
96 98 06 08
(14) (12) (24) (22)
NSB0_00327
T/R
3RN1013-...1 (bistable)
07(23)
H3
Y1 Y2 A1
H2
N
K1
N
08(24) 2T1 1T1 T2
95
(11)
H1 K2
A2
96 98
(14) (12)
NSB0_00328c
T/R
3RN1022
Y1 Y2
A1
N
H1 2 3
H4 5 6
H7H8
A2
1T1 1T2 2T1 2T2 3T1 3T2 4T1 4T2 5T1 5T2 6T1 6T2
95 97
(13) (21)
K
96 98
(14) (12)
NSB0_00329a
T/R
3RN1062
1)
For units with combination voltages 230/110 V AC (3RN1011-.CK00 and
3RN1012-.CK00) A1 and A2 apply: 230 V AC, A3 and A2: 110 V AC.
10/178
LED of the tripped
sensor loop
LED "READY"
LED "TRIPPED"
Output relay
Terminals of the
1st sensor loop
Terminals of the
6th sensor loop
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
■ Selection and ordering data
• For monitoring the motor winding temperature using temperature-dependent resistors (PTCs, type A) that are directly
installed in the motor winding by the manufacturer
• Monostable versions with closed-circuit principle, i.e. relays
respond in the event of control supply voltage failure
• 3RN1013-.BW01: Bistable version, does not trigger in the
event of control supply voltage failure
• All devices have PTB01 ATEX approval for dust or gas
• All devices except for 24 V AC/DC feature electrical
separation
• Versions with safe isolation up to 300 V according to
IEC 60947-1
• Non-volatile versions
RESET
Contacts
Rated control supply
voltage Us 50/60 Hz
• Versions with short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor
circuit
• Versions with solid-state compatible, hard gold-plated
contacts
• Versions for up to 6 sensor circuits
• Versions with Manual RESET, Remote RESET, Auto RESET and
test button
• Terminal labeling according to EN 60947-1
• All terminals are removable
• Width 22.5 mm (45 mm on version for several sensor circuits)
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Compact signal evaluation units, width 22.5 mm, 1 LED
Terminal A1 is jumpered with the root of the changeover
contact
Auto
1 CO
24 AC/DC
110 AC
230 AC
}
A
}
3RN1000-1AB00
3RN1000-1AG00
3RN1000-1AM00
A
A
A
3RN1000-2AB00
3RN1000-2AG00
3RN1000-2AM00
1 NO + 1 NC
24 AC/DC
110 AC
230 AC
24 … 240 AC/DC
}
}
}
}
3RN1010-1CB00
3RN1010-1CG00
3RN1010-1CM00
3RN1010-1CW00
}
A
A
A
3RN1010-2CB00
3RN1010-2CG00
3RN1010-2CM00
3RN1010-2CW00
2 CO
24 AC/DC
110 AC
230 AC
A
A
A
3RN1010-1BB00
3RN1010-1BG00
3RN1010-1BM00
A
C
A
3RN1010-2BB00
3RN1010-2BG00
3RN1010-2BM00
2 CO,
hard gold-plated
24 AC/DC
A
3RN1010-1GB00
C
3RN1010-2GB00
1 NO + 1 NC
24 AC/DC
110/230 AC
}
}
3RN1011-1CB00
3RN1011-1CK00
A
A
3RN1011-2CB00
3RN1011-2CK00
A
A
A
3RN1011-1BB00
3RN1011-1BG00
3RN1011-1BM00
A
C
A
3RN1011-2BB00
3RN1011-2BG00
3RN1011-2BM00
A
3RN1011-1GB00
A
3RN1011-2GB00
}
}
3RN1012-1CB00
3RN1012-1CK00
A
A
3RN1012-2CB00
3RN1012-2CK00
A
A
A
3RN1012-1BB00
3RN1012-1BG00
3RN1012-1BM00
C
C
C
3RN1012-2BB00
3RN1012-2BG00
3RN1012-2BM00
A
3RN1012-1GB00
C
3RN1012-2GB00
}
}
3RN1013-1BB00
3RN1013-1BW10
A
A
3RN1013-2BB00
3RN1013-2BW00
A
3RN1013-1GW10
C
3RN1013-2GW00
C
3RN1014-1BM00
Test/RESET button, non-volatile2), short-circuit and open-circuit
detection and display in sensor circuit
Manual/
2 CO
24 … 240 AC/DC
}
Auto/
Remote
3RN1013-1BW01
Auto
3RN1011-1BB00
Manual/
Remote1)
Short-circuit detection for sensor circuit
Manual/
2 CO
24 AC/DC
Remote1)
110 AC
230 AC
2 CO,
hard gold-plated
24 AC/DC
Non-volatile2)
Manual/
1 NO + 1 NC
24 AC/DC
Auto/
110/230 AC
3RN1012-2CK00 Remote
Non-volatile2), short-circuit detection in sensor circuit
Manual/
2 CO
24 AC/DC
Auto/
110 AC
Remote
230 AC
2 CO,
hard gold-plated
3RN1013-1BB00
24 AC/DC
Non-volatile2), short-circuit and open-circuit detection and
display in sensor circuit; wide voltage range versions with
screw terminal with safe isolation
Manual/
2 CO
24 AC/DC
Auto/
24 … 240 AC/DC
Remote
2 CO,
24 … 240 AC/DC
10
Standard evaluation units, width 22.5 mm, 2 LEDs
hard gold-plated
For bimetal sensors, without short-circuit detection
Manual/
Remote
2 CO
230 V AC
--
Bistable evaluation units, width 22.5 mm
1)
The unit can be reset with the RESET button or by disconnecting the
control supply voltage.
2)
Protection against voltage failure or non-volatile fault storage means that
previous tripping due to a fault remains stored even if the control supply
voltage fails. The monitoring device is not reset if the voltage fails. With an
active fault, meaning a fault which has not been manually confirmed, an
automatic restart of the plant upon recovery of the power is prevented
therefore and plant safety increased as the result.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
A
3RN1013-2BW01
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/179
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
SIRIUS 3RN1 Thermistor Motor Protection
For PTC sensors
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
RESET
Contacts
Rated control supply
voltage Us 50/60 Hz
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
V
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Evaluation units for 2 sensor circuits, warning and disconnection,
width 22.5 mm, 3 LEDs
Test/RESET button, non-volatile1)
Manual/
1 NO + 1 CO
Auto/
Remote
24 … 240 AC/DC
}
3RN1022-1DW00
A
3RN1022-2DW00
}
3RN1062-1CW00
A
3RN1062-2CW00
Evaluation units for 6 sensor circuits, multiple motor protection,
width 45 mm, 8 LEDs
Test/RESET button, non-volatile1)
Manual/
1 NO + 1 NC
Auto/
Remote
24 … 240 AC/DC
3RN1062-1CW00
1)
Protection against voltage failure or non-volatile fault storage means that
previous tripping due to a fault remains stored even if the control supply
voltage fails. The monitoring device is not reset if the voltage fails. With an
active fault, meaning a fault which has not been manually confirmed, an
automatic restart of the plant upon recovery of the power is prevented
therefore and plant safety increased as the result.
■ Accessories
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
For 3RN1
Unit labeling plates
For SIRIUS devices
Price
PU
per PU (UNIT,
SET,
M)
PS*
PG
D
3RT1900-1SB20
100
340 units
41B
19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
C
3RT1900-1SB60
100 3 060 units
41B
C
3RT1900-1SD60
100 3 060 units
41B
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
B
3RP1903
Blank labels
10
20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise1)
NSB0_01429b
For 3RN1
Adhesive labels
For SIRIUS devices
3RT1900-1SB20
Push-in lugs
For 3RN1
1
10 units
41H
1
1 unit
41B
3RP1903
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
Spring-type
terminals
A
3RA2908-1A
3RA2908-1A
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
see Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".
10/180
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
■ Overview
Interface converters perform the coupling function for analog
signals on both the input side and the output side. They are indispensable when processing analog values with electronic
controls. Under harsh industrial conditions in particular, it is often
necessary to transmit analog signals over long distances. Electrical separation is then needed as a result of the different power
supplies. The resistance of the wiring causes potential differences and losses which must be prevented.
Electromagnetic disturbance and overvoltages can affect the
signals on the input side in particular or even destroy the analog
modules. All terminals of the 3RS17 interface converters are safe
up to a voltage of DC 30 V and protected against switching
poles. Short-circuit protection is an especially important function
for the outputs.
The devices are EMC-tested according to
• IEC 61000-6-4 (basic standard for emitted interference)
• IEC 61000-6-2 (basic standard for interference immunity)
The analog signals comply with
• IEC 60381-1/2
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
Article No. scheme
Digit of the Article No.
1st - 5th
@@@@@
Interface converters
6th 7th
@
@
@
@
8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
–
@
@
@
@
0
3RS17
Type of input signal
@
Connection methods
@
Type of output signal
@
Current type and type of isolation
@
Measuring range
Example
3RS17
0
0
–
1
A
E
0
0
Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the Selection and ordering data.
Converters are used in analog signal processing for
• Electrical separation
• Conversion of normalized and non-normalized signals
• Amplification and impedance adaptation
• Conversion to a frequency for processing by a digital input
• Overvoltage and EMC protection
• Short-circuit protection of the outputs
• Potential duplication
10
■ Application
3RS1725 manual/automatic converter
For special applications in which analog signals have to be
simulated, or during plant commissioning when the actual
process value is not yet available, the 3RS1725 devices feature
an adjustable potentiometer for manual setpoint selection and a
manual/automatic switch.
The adjustable potentiometer for the 3RS1725 devices is used to
simulate analog output signals when the selector switch is set to
"manual mode" and the control supply voltage is applied, without
the need for an analog input signal; and the scale ranges from
0 to 100 %.
Example: When it is set for an output of 4 to 20 mA, the 0 % scale
value on the potentiometer represents an output current of 4 mA
and the 100 % scale value represents an output current of
20 mA. In the "Auto" switch position, the output signal follows the
input signal proportionally regardless of the potentiometer
setting.
Sensor/analog
value generator
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
3RS17 converter
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 kHz
Electronic control
Input
Output
3RS17 converter
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
Actuator with
analog input
0 ... 10 V
0/4 ... 20 mA
NSB0_01311c
Application example: Interface converter in analog signal evaluation
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/181
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
■ Technical specifications
Active interface converters
Load rating of the outputs
Active interface converters provide maximum flexibility for the
application by the use of an external control supply voltage.
Configuration with active interface converters is extremely easy
because input and output resistances and voltage drops are
compensated by the auxiliary supply. They support electrical
separation as well as conversion from one signal type to another
or reinforcement. The load of the measured value transmitter is
negligible.
A maximum output load is specified for current signals. This
resistance value specifies how large the input resistance of the
next device connected in series can be as a result of the power
of the converter.
Passive interface converters
In the case of 2-way separation, the input is electrically separated from the output. The "zero potential" of the control supply
voltage is the same as the reference potential for the analog
output signal.
Passive interface converters do not require an external control
supply voltage. This advantage can only be used by current
signals that are converted 1:1. Reinforcement or conversion is
not possible. The converters are used for complete electrical
separation of current signals and to protect the inputs and outputs. Passive separators do not operate reaction-free, i.e. any
load on the output produces an equal load on the input signal.
When the passive converter is to be used, the output power of
the sensor and the input resistance of the analog input must be
analyzed. This technique is being increasingly implemented in
the case of pure current signals.
For voltage signals, the maximum current that can be drawn
from the output is the decisive factor.
2-way separation
NSB0_01314b
IN
OUT
Vcc
Calculation guide for passive converters
Important: Please note the following when using passive
separators:
The current-driving voltage of the measuring transducer UE must
be sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA over the
passive separators with a voltage loss of UV = 2.8 V and
the load RB.
2-way separation
3-way separation
For the 3-way separation, each circuit is electrically separated
from the other circuits, i. e. input, output, and control supply
voltage do not have equipotential bonding.
This means that:
UB UE = 2.8 V + 20 mA × RB
NSB0_01343a
IN
UB
UV = 2,8 V
Vcc
10
UE
RB
3-way separation
NSB0_01312b
Distribution of the voltages in the case of passive separators
The following figure shows the input voltage UE as a function of
the load RB taking into account the voltage loss UV. If the load is
known, the y-axis shows the minimum voltage that has to be
supplied by the current source in order to drive the maximum
current of 20 mA over the passive separator and load.
UE/ V
NSB0_01313b
22,8
20
15
10
5
2,8
0
0
100
2
200
4
300
6
400
8
600
12
Input voltage depending on the load at Ia = 20 mA
10/182
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
OUT
800 RB/Ω 1000
16 UA/ V 20
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
Type 3RS17
24 V AC/DC
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
General data
mm
6.2 x 80 x 84
mm
mm
6.2 x 90 x 92.5
17.5 x 80 x 84
mm
12.5 x 80 x 84
W
D
H
Dimensions (W x H x D)
• 3RS1700, 3RS1702, 3RS1703,
3RS1705-.FD, 3RS1705-.FE,
3RS1705-.KD, 3RS1720
• 3RS170.-..E00
• 3RS1705-.FW, 3RS1705-.KW,
3RS1706, 3RS1725
• 3RS1721, 3RS1722
Active disconnector:
1500 V, 50 Hz, 1 min;
Passive disconnector:
500 V, 50 Hz, 1 min
4000 V, 50 Hz, 1 min
V
50
300
°C
-25 ... +60
Electrical separation of input/output
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III acc. to DIN VDE 0100
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation
Screw terminals
Connection type
• Terminal screw
• Solid
• Finely stranded with end sleeve
mm2
mm2
M3
0.5 ... 2.5 (AWG 20 ... 14)
0.5 ... 2.5 (AWG 20 ... 14); at 3RS170.-1.E00: 0.5 ... 1.5 (AWG 20 ... 16)
Spring-type terminals
Connection type
• Solid
• Finely stranded,
with end sleeves
acc. to DIN 46228
• Finely stranded
Enclosures IEC 529
Terminals IEC 529
mm2
2
mm
0.5 ... 2.5 (AWG 20 ... 14)
0.5 ... 2.5 (AWG 20 ... 14)
mm2
0.5 ... 1.5 (AWG 20 ... 16)
Inputs
Impedance
Voltage inputs
Current inputs, active
k

330
100
Input voltage max.
Voltage inputs
Current inputs, active
V
V
30 AC/DC
30 AC/DC
Operating currents
Current inputs, passive
µA
100/250 (6.2 mm width)
Voltage drop
Current inputs, passive
V
2.7 at 20 mA
Internal resistance
Voltage output, 0 ... 10 V

55
Output load
Current 0/4 ... 20 mA active, max.
Current 0 ... 20 mA passive, max.
Frequency, min.



400
1 000 at 20 mA
2 400
Output voltage
Frequency
V
20.9
Output current
Voltage output, 0 ... 10 V, max.
Frequency, max.
mA
mA
21; note the terminating resistor (> 500 )!
10
Short-circuit current
Voltage output, 0 ... 10 V
Current output, 0 ... 20 mA, passive
Frequency
mA
mA
mA
40
Corresponds to the input current
15
Short-circuit proof
Protection of the outputs
Max. overvoltage at output
10
Outputs
V
30
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/183
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
Circuit diagrams
NSB0_02227
IN+
2
3
OUT
IN+ 3
4 OUT+
IN- 2
5
4
0V
5 +/~
24 V AC/DC
1
IN-
-1
NSB0_01315a
6
OUT-
+
24 V AC/DC
3RS1700-..D.. , 3RS1702-..D.. ,
3RS1703-..D.. , 3RS1705-..D..
3RS1700-..E00, 3RS1702-..E00,
3RS1703-..E00, 3RS1705-..E00
NSB0_01319a
NSB0_01346
IN+ 1
6 OUT+
IN+
IN- 2
5
IN- 2
OUT-
8
7
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
1
+/~
3RS170.-..W00
6 OUT
5 0V
7
8
0V
24 V AC/DC
3RS1706- . FD00
NSB0_01318a
IN+
1
6
OUT+
IN+
IN-
2
5
IN-
OUT-
2
3
1
4
OUT+
OUT-
NSB0_01344
+/~
8
7
24 V AC/DC
3RS1706-.FE00
3RS1720-.ET00
IN+
IN-
1
3
2
4
OUT-
10
NSB0_01317a
OUT+
4 (1)
OUT7
OUT+
(2)
8
OUT-
NSB0_01316a
3RS1721-.ET00
3RS1722-.ET00
NSB0_01345
NSB0_01347
IN+
IN-
1
6
2
5
+/~
OUT
IN+
0V
IN-
8 0V
7
3RS1725-.FD00
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
1
6
2
5
8
+/~ 7
24 ... 240 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
10/184
3
1
IN+
(1) 2
IN5
IN+
(2)
6
IN-
OUT+
3RS1725-.FW00
OUT+
OUT-
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
■ Selection and ordering data
All transformers except the passive single interface converters
have a yellow LED for displaying "Power on".
3RS1706-1FD00
Inputs
3RS1720-1ET00
Outputs
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
3RS1705-2FD00
Width
Rated control supply
voltage Us
mm
V
Electrical
separation
3RS1705-2FE00
DT
3RS1725-2FD00
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Single interface converters, active
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
6.2
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
24 AC/DC
2 paths
A
3RS1700-1AD00
A
3RS1700-2AD00
3 paths
A
3RS1700-1AE00
A
3RS1700-2AE00
2 paths
A
3RS1700-1CD00
A
3RS1700-2CD00
3 paths
A
3RS1700-1CE00
A
3RS1700-2CE00
2 paths
A
3RS1700-1DD00
A
3RS1700-2DD00
3 paths
A
3RS1700-1DE00
A
3RS1700-2DE00
2 paths
A
3RS1702-1AD00
A
3RS1702-2AD00
3 paths
A
3RS1702-1AE00
A
3RS1702-2AE00
2 paths
A
3RS1702-1CD00
A
3RS1702-2CD00
3 paths
A
3RS1702-1CE00
A
3RS1702-2CE00
2 paths
A
3RS1702-1DD00
A
3RS1702-2DD00
3 paths
A
3RS1702-1DE00
A
3RS1702-2DE00
2 paths
A
3RS1703-1AD00
A
3RS1703-2AD00
3 paths
A
3RS1703-1AE00
A
3RS1703-2AE00
2 paths
A
3RS1703-1CD00
A
3RS1703-2CD00
3 paths
A
3RS1703-1CE00
A
3RS1703-2CE00
2 paths
A
3RS1703-1DD00
A
3RS1703-2DD00
3 paths
A
3RS1703-1DE00
A
3RS1703-2DE00
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
6.2
17.5
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
0 ... 50 Hz,
0 ... 100 Hz,
0 ... 1 kHz,
0 ... 10 kHz,
selectable
24 AC/DC
2 paths
A
3RS1705-1FD00
A
3RS1705-2FD00
3 paths
A
3RS1705-1FE00
A
3RS1705-2FE00
24 … 240 AC/DC
3 paths
A
3RS1705-1FW00
A
3RS1705-2FW00
6.2
24 AC/DC
2 paths
A
3RS1705-1KD00
A
3RS1705-2KD00
17.5
24 … 240 AC/DC
3 paths
A
3RS1705-1KW00
A
3RS1705-2KW00
2 paths
A
3RS1706-1FD00
A
3RS1706-2FD00
3 paths
A
3RS1706-1FE00
A
3RS1706-2FE00
3 paths
A
3RS1706-1FW00
A
3RS1706-2FW00
10
Switchable multi-range converters, active
Switchable universal converters, active,
with 16 input ranges and 3 output ranges
0 ... 60 mV,
0 ... 100 mV,
0 ... 300 mV,
0 ... 500 mV,
0 ... 1 V,
0 ... 2 V,
0 ... 5 V,
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 V,
2 ... 10 V,
0 ... 5 mA,
0 ... 10 mA,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
+/-5 mA,
+/-20 mA,
selectable
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
17.5
24 AC/DC
24 … 240 AC/DC
Switchable multi-range converters, active, with manual/automatic
switch and single potentiometer as manual analog signal transmitter
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
0 ... 10 V,
0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA,
selectable
17.5
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
24 AC/DC
2 paths
A
3RS1725-1FD00
A
3RS1725-2FD00
24 … 240 AC/DC
3 paths
A
3RS1725-1FW00
A
3RS1725-2FW00
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
10/185
© Siemens AG 2013
Relays
Coupling Relays & Interface Converters
SIRIUS 3RS17 interface converters
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41H
Inputs
Outputs
Width
Number of
channels
Electrical
separation
DT
DT
Screw terminals
Article No.
mm
Price
per PU
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Price
per PU
Single interface converters, passive
0/4 ... 20 mA
0/4 ... 20 mA
6.2
1
2 paths
A
3RS1720-1ET00
A
3RS1720-2ET00
12.5
1
2 paths
A
3RS1721-1ET00
A
3RS1721-2ET00
2
2 paths
A
3RS1722-1ET00
A
3RS1722-2ET00
■ Accessories
Use
Version
DT
Article No.
Price
per PU
PU
(UNIT,
SET, M)
PS*
PG
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary
circuit
connections
3RA2908-1A
Spring-type
terminals
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type
terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
A
3RA2908-1A
1
1 unit
41B
A
3TX7014-7AA00
1
5 units
41H
A
3TX7014-7CE00
1 10 units
41H
Connecting combs, blue
For 3RS17..-..E00 Connecting combs
For linking the same potentials, 16 terminals,
current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A
3TX7014-7AA00
Galvanic isolation plates
10
For 3RS17..-..E00 Galvanic isolation plates
3TX7014-7CE00
10/186
Siemens IC 10 · 2014
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Illustrations are approximate
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement